C

o^; -H

H

Nf ^ x>>

q ywiy v_j -X^’ — . O X^osv^x ~ O >s^yoswJ

2 Ij 2 ~* 2 «j z

w$ saiavaan libraries smjthsonian institution NounuisNi nvinoshiiims sai ava

z S C ? _ •“ z

m 'v<CL£i>>' 5^ ’ rn — x^uu^x rn

_co ~ co £: co _

AN INSTITUTION NOUfUUSNI NVINOSHIIIMS S3iaVaaH LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITU1

< J&.. s .< 2 ,.< s < .*X]

.*/ x

i > I s '<msz*r > 'fr 5 >

ws^sa i a va a n u b rar i es^smithsonian^ institution noixoiusni nvinoshiiims^ss i a va

CO 5 ^ ^ 00 2 ^ ^ 00 „ =: -V to

ui /rOsvXr\ 77 x^ovTx w rn w ,> uj

2

h II

C \*\

o N^/V. pc^ ” Q DCjy ^ 'V^{UijlS^/ Q

AN INSTITUTION^ NO linillSNl^NVINOSHHWS 2 S3 I a Va a 11 LI B RAR I ES SMITHSONIAN INSTITU*

f~ 2 [" , 2 r- 2 “

° ro 2 ~ /T®\ ° rr,

3

> vlilk t (if

;o

m x^vosvj^ ^ m • ■ \^v " \^vas»2>" m

co £ co — co |Em t: co

ws saiavaan libraries Smithsonian institution Nounuism nvinoshiiws si i ava

c 0.2, CO _ z co 2

> 2 ' VP > ^ >' s ^osv^ >’

AN INSTITUTION ^NQIinillSNi_NVIN0SHXIWS<'°S3 1 a Va a ll^LI B RAR I ES^SMITHSONIAN “iNSTITUl

7Z __ co 2 \ 00 ^ 5 c n —

~ ><00>tfnX ui /r> UJ ^crir/Tbv

O -v-vosv^ — o o X^Vosv^X _ o

2 _j 2 ~J 2 _J 2

ais S3 1 ava an libraries Smithsonian institution NoiiruusNi nvinoshiiws saiavy

z „ 2 S 2 ? r* z

_ co £: co £ — cr) \ 5

AN INSTITUTION NOUfUIXSNI NVINOSHIIIMS S3iavaan LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITU'

z ... CO H CO Z .... CO 2

< .v^. S .< 2 < 2 ^==S^ <

2 ^ S 5 >

vMS^saiavaan 'libraries Smithsonian institution NouruiiSNi nvinoshiiims 1/5 s 3 1 ava

c r> =: co ~ cn - CO

o 'si^VDL>/ O uy- ^vC»xixv>^ Q

lAN^INSTITUTION ~ NOliniliSNI^NVINOSHlIIMS^SB 1 aVaaiT^LI B RAR I ES"2 SMITHSON IAN INSTITU!

I i h

ARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOlinXIiSNI NVINOSHXIWS S3IBVB9n LIBRARIES SMITt-

-p- r* 2: r* 2

m ^ x^mix^x rn

TlliSNI- NVINOSHXIINS S3 1 B VB 9 I l“ LI B R AR I ES SMITHSONIAN “INSTITUTION NOIXIUIXSNI NVIN<

z co z vv, GO 2: GO z

> ^ > -^xixST^

2 (/) * 2 v/

AR I ES“ SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOIXflXIXSNI NVINOSHXIV\ISWS3 I BVB 9 IT LI B RAR I ES "SMITI

iD — co ™ c n — 00

in. pc^x H r/W*F O ^yo^' _ xuuvy O

T1IXSNI_'nVIN0SHXIINSZS3 I avaan^LIBRARI ES^SMITHSONIAN^INSTITUTION^NOIXfUIXSNI^NVlN'

55®^ m 5 cn vr

CO >>S — CO — GO

►ARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOIinillSNI NVIN0SH1IINS S3 I BVB 8 11 LI B RAR I ES SMIT

CO 7 CO Z CO . z CO

> ^ - \y -p, ' 2 X^osv^X > 2

Z CO 2 CO z CO

riXIXSNI NVINOSHXIWS S3 I BVB 9 11 LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOIXfUIXSNI_NVIN

CO 71 CO ~ _ CO — 2

iSTiriy^ ■ ' 7k ^ ,aJ CO

cc

<

5 >>W' 2 5 «•' * ' - ^sssss m

Z ' _J Z ,»j

(ARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOIXnXIXSNI NVINOSHXIHS S3IBVB9I1 LIBRARIES ^SMIT

a 2 S I ^2^ » °

^v\son7x cj

■smiwa £Z ? /W'— ^ ■

>

lZ8ALWf/ — _

m r' x/oiastix rn ^ m

— co co *- ™ co

.nillSNI NV1NQSH1IIAIS S3 I BVB a 11 LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOIinillSNI NVW

z: ____ co z w, co 2 co g

< s S&\<c i* < Jlfivv ? . /=

RARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOIinillSNI NVIN0SH1IWS S3 I BVB 8 11 LIBRARIES SMU

o _

.nillSNI “VlVI NOSHIMS 3 IBVBail^LIBRARI ES^ SMITHSONIAN”" INSTITUTION NOIinillSNI NVIN

of the

Vol. 73, No. 1

Editors: J. C. Daniel, P. V. Bole & A. N. D. Nanavati

APRIL 1976

Rs. 35

NOTICE TO CONTRIBUTORS

Contributors of scientific articles are requested to assist the editors by observ-

ing the following instructions:

1. Papers which have at the same time been offered for publication to other

journals or periodicals, or have already been published elsewhere, should not be

submitted.

2. The MS. should be typed (double spacing) on one side of a sheet only,

and the sheets properly numbered.

3. All scientific names to be printed in italics should be underlined.

4. Trinomials referring to subspecies should only be used where identifica-

tion has been authentically established by comparison of specimens actually collect-

ed.

5. Photographs for reproduction must be clear and show good contrast.

Prints must be of a size not smaller than 8.20 x 5.60 cm (No. 2 Brownie) and on

glossy glazed paper.

6. Text-figures, line drawings, and maps should be in Indian ink, preferably

on Bristol board.

7. References to literature should be placed at the end of the paper, alpha-

betically arranged under author’s name, with the abridged titles of journals or

periodicals underlined (italics) and titles of books not underlined (roman type),

thus:

Banerji, M. L. (1958): Botanical Exploration in East Nepal. 7. Bombay nat.

Hist. Soc. 55(2): 243-268.

Prater, S. H. (1948): The Book of Indian Animals. Bombay. Titles of papers

should not be underlined.

8. Reference to literature in the text should be made by quoting the author’s

name and year of publication, thus: (Banerji 1958).

9. Synopsis : Each scientific paper should be accompanied by a concise,

clearly written synopsis, normally not exceeding 200 words.

10. Reprints : Authors are supplied 25 reprints of their articles free of charge.

In the case of joint authorship, 50 copies will be given gratis to be distributed

among the two or more authors. Orders for additional reprints should be in multi-

ples of 25 and should be received within two weeks after the author is informed

of the acceptance of the manuscript. They will be charged for at cost plus postage

and packing.

11. The editors reserve the right, other things being equal, to publish a mem-

ber’s contribution earlier than a non-member’s.

Hornbill House,

Shahid Bhagat Singh Road,

Bombay 400 023.

Editors,

Journal of the Bombay

Natural History Society.

VOLUME 73 NO. 1 — APRIL 1976

Date of Publication: 22 - 12 - 1976

CONTENTS

Page

Reconsideration of Athene blewitti (Hume). By S. Dillon Ripley. ( With a plate ) 1

Identification of hairs of some Indian Mammals. By B. R. Koppikar and

J. H. Sabnis. ( With 21 text-figures ) . . . . . . . . 5

A contribution to the flora of Bastar (Madhya Pradesh). By H. O. Saxena

and S. N. Khotele . . . . . . . . . . 21

Some observations on the ecology of the land snail Ariophanta maderaspatana

(Gray). By V. B. Masurekar and M. S. Bagalkote. ( With two photographs in a

Plate ) . . . . . . . . . . . . 35

Birds of Goa. By Robert B. Grubh and Salim Ali . . . . . . 42

New mammal records from Nepal. By Richard Mitchell and Fred Punzo.

{With a text-figure ) . . . . . . . . . . 54

Identity of Amaranthus polygamus of Hooker’s flora of British India and relat-

ed taxa. By N. C. Nair . . . . . . . . 59

Spawning biology of tor mahseer. Tor tor (Ham.). By S. K. Chaturvedi. {With

four text-figures ) . . . . . . . . . . . . 63

Catalogue of Indian Tingidae (Hemiptera). By N, P. Chopra .. .. 74

Ectoparasites of bats from Nepal. By Richard Mitchell and Fred Punzo . . 84

Responses of certain fishes and snakes to sound. By P. V. Rajender Kumar,

S. Kameswaran, M. V. Rajendran, S. Rajendran and M. N. Kutty. {With three

figures in a plate ) . . . . . . . . . . 88

On the occurrence of Arenicola bombayensis Kewalramani et al. (Family Areni-

colidae, Polychaeta) at Muttam, in south-west India. By M. Selvanathan.

{With three text-figures) . . . . . . . . 94

Authors’ catalogue of the botanical articles published in the Journal of the

Bombay Natural History Society( Vol. 1-66, 1886-1969). By A. R. Das .. 98

The ground activity of spiders (Araneae) and harvestmen (Phalangidae) in

West Bengal, India. By John R. Oppenheimer and B. K. Tikader. {With eight

text-figures) . . . . . . . . . . 121

Census of the nilgiri tahr in the Nilgiris, Tamil Nadu. By E. R. C. Davidar.

{With a plate) .. .. .. .. .. ..142

Orchids of Nepal — 10. By M. L. Banerji and B. B. Thapa. {With eight text-figures) 149

Middle East Lepidoptera, XXXII: Diagnosis of some eremic tribes of Noctuidae-

Quadrifinae, with a discussion of their biogeographical significance.

By E. P. Wiltshire. {With a text-figure) . . . . . . 157

New Descriptions:

A new Family of Mastacembeloid fish from India. By G. M. Yazdani . . . . 166

A new species of the Genus Puntius (Hamilton) (Pisces: Cypriniformes : Cyprinidae)

from Western India. By G. M. Yazdani and M. Babu Rao. {With a text-figure) 171

Two new species of spiders of the Genera Cheiracanthium Koch and Clubiona Latreille

(Family: Clubionidae) from India. By B. K. Tikader. {With eight text-figures) 175

A new species of spider of the Genus Plator Simon (Family — Platoridae) from

Almora, India. By B. K. Tikader and U. A. Gajbe. ( With three text-figures) . . 178

New species of the Genus N eoaenasioidea Agarwal (Hymenoptera : Encyrtidae).

By M. Younus Khan. {With fourteen figures in a plate ) . . . . 179

A new species of the Mediorhynchus ( Acanthocephala : Gigantorhynchidae) from

the Great Indian Bustard, Choriotis nigriceps (Vigors). By P. D. Gupta. {With

five text-figures ) . . . . . . . . . . 182

A new species of cestode of the Genus Schistometra (Cestoda: Davaineidae: Idio-

geninae) from the Great Indian Bustard, Choriotis nigriceps (Vigors).

By P. D. Gupta. {With four text-figures) . . . . . . 183

A new Marsdenia R. Br. (Asclepiadaceae) from South India. By A. N. Henry and

K. Subramanyam. {With a plate) . . . . . . . . 186

A new species of Teramnus Sw. (Fabaceae) from Manbhum (India). By Ajita Sen 187

A new species of Euphorbia (Euphorbiaceae) from Burma. By N. P. Balakrishnan.

{With a plate) . . . . . . . . . . 189

Pogonatherum santapaui sp. nov. (Poaceae) — A new grass from India. By P. R. Sur.

{With nine text-figures) . . . . . . . . 190

A new species of Pseudanthistiria (Hack.) Hook. f. from India. By Shrikant P. Birari

and Rui D’Cruz. {With five text-figures) . . . . . . 192

A new species of Caralluma (Asclepiadaceae) from India. By G. R. Kumari and

G. V. Subba Rao. {With twelve text-figures) . . . . 194

Reviews :

1 . Environmental Protection. (A.N.D.N.) . . 197

2. A field guide to the Birds of south-east Asia. (L.J.K.) . . 198

3. Breeding endangered species in captivity. (R.S.D.) .. .. .. 199

4. Birds in Japan — A field guide. (L.J.K.) .. .. .. .. 200

5. Companion to R. H. Beddome’s Handbook to the ferns of British India,

Ceylon and the Malay Peninsula. (M.A.) . . . . . . . . 201

6. A guide to the Birds of the Delhi area. (L.J.K.) . . . . . . 203

7. The Hamlyn guide to Birds of Britain and Europe. (L.J.K.) .. .. 204

8. Birds of Britain and Europe with north Africa and the Middle East. (L.J.K.) 204

9. Bird guide of Thailand. (L.J.K.) .. .. • ■ 205

Miscellaneous Notes:

Mammals: 1. Fat deposition in Rat-tailed Bats {Rhinopoma sp.) in Rajasthan, India. By

Y. P. Sinha (p. 206) ; 2. Behaviour of the female of Taphozous melanopogon (Temminck)

after parturition. By M. S. Khaparde (p. 207); 3. A note on the breeding of the Indian Fox

{Vulpes bengalensis) in captivity. By L. N. Acharjyo and R. Misra (p. 208); 4. A note on

a population of Gazella gazella bennetti. By George B. Schaller (p. 209); 5. The Dugong

Dugong dugon (Sirenia) at Bahrain, Persian (Arabian) Gulf. By M. D. Gallagher (p. 211).

Birds: 6. The occurrence of Russian-ringed Large Cormorants [Phalacrocorax carbo sinensis

(Shaw)] in India. By Humayun Abdulali (p. 212); 7. Some observations on the eggs of the

Great Whitebellied Heron, Ardea insignis. By Michael Walters (p. 213); 8. Peacocks and

Cobra. By A. J. T. Johnsingh (p. 214); 9. The roosting habits of Green Bee-eater, Merops

orientalis orientalis Latham. By D. B. Bastawde (p. 215); 10. Westernmost record of the

Great Slaty Woodpecker Mulleripicus pulverulentus in Himachal Pradesh. By Lavkumar

J. Khacher (p. 216); 11. The Greyheaded Myna nesting in residential buildings. By Md.

Ali Reza Khan (p. 216); 12. The Bank Myna ( Acridotheres ginginianus ) in Bombay. By

V. C. Ambedkar (p. 217); 13. Occurrence of Abbott's Babbler, Trichastoma abbotti (Blyth)

in Orissa. By J. M. Dasgupta (p. 217); 14. Faecal feeding in the Whiteheaded Babbler

Turdoides affinis (Jerdon). By D. E. J. Jeyasingh (p. 218); 15. On a nesting pair of Tailor

birds ( Orthotomus sutorius ). By K. K. Neelakantan (p. 219); 16. Westernmost record of

the Blackfaced Flycatcher Warbler Abroscopus schisticeps in Gharwal. By Lavkumar J.

Khacher (p. 222); 17. Records of birds from the Andaman and Nicobar Islands. By J. M.

Dasgupta (p. 222); 18. Egg laying of the Mugger ( Crocodylus palustris) in captivity. By

L. N. Acharjyo and R. Misra (p. 223); 19. Notes on the skin sloughing of Reticulated

Python in captivity. By S. Biswas and L. N. Acharjyo (p. 224) ; 20. On the feeding habits

of the King Cobra Ophiophagus hannah (Cantor) at Nandankanan Biological Park, Orissa.

By S. Biswas, L. N. Acharjyo and R. Misra (p. 225).

Amphibia: 21. Large scale incidence of sexual abnormality in the frog Rana tigerina. By

B. V. Seshagiri Rao and K. Subba Raju (p. 226).

Fishes: 22. On the occurrence of the Goby, Brachygobius nunus (Ham.-Buch.) in Andhra

Pradesh, with a note on its ecology. {With a text-figure). By B. V. Seshagiri Rao (p. 227).

Insects: 23. Additions to the food plants of Indian Rhopalocera. By T. Norman (p. 228);

24. Extension of range of the Termite Odontotermes guptai Roonwal & Bose (Isoptera:

Termitidae: Macrotermitinae). By S. C. Verma and R. N. Bhargava (p. 229); 25. Studies

on the Aphididae of India — XV. On the Biometry of Morphological characters of Aphis

craccivora Koch. (Aphididae, Homoptera). By B. K. Behura, M. M. Dash and Lala A. K.

Singh (p. 230); 26. Dactynotus compositae (Theobald), a new Aphid pest of Mulberry

{Morus spp.). By M. C. Devaiah, Gubbaiah and M. Jayaramaiah (p. 234); 27. Post emer-

gence behaviour of Chrysomyia megacephala (Fabr.) (Diptera: Calliphoridae) . By S. Nas-

kar and D. K. Nanda (p. 235).

Other invertebrates: 28. Culcita pentangularis Gray (Asteroidea: Oreasteridae) — A new

record from Indian waters. {With a photograph). By Badri Prasad Haidar and S. Chakra-

pany (p. 237).

Botany: 20. Soliva anthemifolia (Juss.) R. Br. A new record from Delhi and Western Uttar

Pradesh. By Y. S. Murty and K. N. Nautiyal (p. 239); 30. lndigofera karuppiana nom. nov.

By J. Pallithanam (p. 239); 31. Acanthospermum australe (Loefl.) Ktze. a new distributional

record for the plains of Punjab. By J. P. Goel and H. Singh (p. 240); 32. Pteris tremula

R- Br. — A new record for India. By N. C. Nair and S. R. Ghosh (p. 240); Some new re-

cords of plants from Lucknow District (U.P.). By R. B. Tewari (p. 241); 34. lndigofera

benthamiana Hance. (Papilionaceae) — A new record from India. {With a plate). By N,

Ravi (p. 242); 35. Two new plant records for Nagpur (Maharashtra). By K. M. Balapure

(p. 243); 36. Thelypteris augescens (Link) Munz & Johnston: A new record from India.

{With ten text-fiugres) . By Prakash Chandra and Santha Devi (p. 244).

JOURNAL

OF THE

BOMBAY NATURAL HISTORY

SOCIETY

1976 APRIL Vo!. 73 No. 1

Reconsideration of Athene hlewitti (Hume)

S. Dillon Ripley

{With a plate)

A visit to northern and western Orissa in Feb-

ruary, 1975, by Dr. Salim Ali, my wife and my-

self was undertaken partly to ascertain the

whereabouts of Athene hlewitti , the enigmatic

species of forest owlet, not recorded since

Meinertzhagen collected a specimen in Octo-

ber, 1914 near Mandvi on the Tapti River

northeast of Bombay.1 2 The species has been

recorded from there east to Sambalpur, Orissa,

and the offer of hospitality and assistance

from Shri Saroj Choudhury, Conservator of

Forests for Wildlife of Orissa, propmpted us

to commence our search at the eastern end

of the range, nearer the original type loc-

ality of Busnah, Phooljan State (near Padam-

1 Accepted July 1975.

2 At my request Shri S. A. Hussain of the B.N.H.S.

staff visited Mandvi April 19-21, 1976. No trace of

the former heavy forest recorded years ago was to

be found, but there is a small undulating terrain

of thin forest surrounded by cultivation about 4 km

east of the town.. Farther east and northeast there

are patches of forest, which may well deserve more

pur, about 50 miles west of the bend of the

Mahanadi River circa 21°N Lat., 83 °E Long.).

Although we worked the forested areas of

the adjacent Mahanadi River carefully, using

tape recordings of owl species to elicit calls

at dusk and in the evening, we produced no

evidence of the presence of hlewitti.

In our search for owls in Orissa we were much

aided by having put together a tape of owl calls

provided through the generosity of the Cornell

Laboratory of Bird Sounds, Dr. James L.

Gulledge, Dr. Joe T. Marshall of Bangkok,

the Edward Grey Institute and Dr. Claude

Chappuis from Rouen. These owl calls were

mostly of Athene hrama, but included some

exploration. Heavy exploitation for timber and fire-

wood continues. Only Athene brama was observed

near the thin patch of forest. A short but intensive

ten day visit to the Melghat Tiger Reserve area in

near by Maharashtra in February, 1976 by Dr. Salim

Ali and party and myself revealed similar conditions

and no evidence so far of the presence of Athene

blewitti.

JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. 73

additional calls of Bubo and Otus. The chatter-

ing, cackling taped calls of Athene brama pro-

ved highly effective in decoying specimens of

that owlet out of their perches and into the

neighbourhood of our flashlights, so that we

were able easily to see the birds as they flew

back and forth over our heads and perched

on nearby trees. The recorded owl calls were

far more effective in eliciting response by the

latter part of the month of February than they

had been in the beginning, thus correlating with

the onset of display prior to the breeding sea-

son. In the case of other species we were un-

able to decoy the birds towards us. We did

hear calls of Bubo coromandus, Glaucidium

radiatum and one or more unidentified Bubo

as well as Athene brama. No curious or un-

identified Athene calls were heard which might

give an indication of the calls of Athene bte-

witti. Thus there is no information on the vo-

calization of Blewitt’s Owl.

On my return to the United States I borrow-

ed five of the half dozen known specimens

of Athene blewitti for comparison with a small

series of Athene brama indica. I am grateful

to Dr. Snow of the British Museum (Natural

History), Dr. Paynter of the Museum of Com-

parative Zoology, Harvard, and Dr. Lester

Short of the American Museum of Natural

History for the loan of these specimens.

These birds are largely unspotted on the

crown above and between the white supra-

ocular aspects of the facial disk. Small sub-

terminal single flecks of dull white appear scat-

tered on individual feathers, on the shaft of

the feather itself, while in brama these spots

are numerous, subterminal also, but bifid, lying

on either side of the darker area of the feathers

which includes the shaft.

The pale nuchal collar is reduced in blewitti,

barely visible as scattered subterminal whitish

spots in one specimen. Spotting is reduced on

the scapulars and back which produces a plain,

uniform darker grayish-olive-brown appear-

ance, in contrast to the grayish-olive-brown

interspersed with many pairs of subterminal

spots of indica. The white spots on the pri-

maries and secondaries are in general remark-

ably similar and give the same effect in both

species. In contrast the white tail stripes are

broader and more noticeable in blewitti (more

than 5 millimetres in width, versus less than

5 mm in width and sometimes discontinuous

in brama).

Below brama appears less banded with dark

olive-brown on the collar below the throat, the

band broken centrally, while in blewitti the

band is noticeable, concolorous and continuous

across the throat. Below this collar in both

species there is a white central patch on the

lower throat and upper chest followed by a

broad patch of dark olive-brown which is only

lightly striped with white subterminally, and

meets in the centre of the chest. In brama this

is less well defined, heavily barred with sub-

terminal white bars, and merges gradually in-

to the irregular olive-brown barring of the

thighs and stomach. In blewitti the heavy dark

olive-brown barring appears to be more con-

fined to the flanks, leaving a clear patch of

white in the centre of the stomach, lower flanks

and thigh coverts.

In our Museum Diagnosis (1969, handbook

BIRDS OF INDIA AND PAKISTAN, 3, p. 303), Dr.

Salim Ali and I speak of the wing formula

of blewitti as given in the various earlier texts,

i.e. 3rd or 4th primary longest or the two sub-

equal; 1st primary (from the outside) = 8th

or a little shorter.

Comparing the five specimens examined, I

find that each specimen differs slightly from

the above, as follows:

(1) Male (BM Reg. No. 1965 M 5230);

3rd and 4th primaries, counting from

2

J. Bombay nat. Hist. Soc. 73 Plate

Ripley: Spotted Owlet

Athene brama

Spotted Owlet

Athene blewitti

Forest Spotted Owlet

reconsideration of Athene blewitti

outside, or, 7th and 8th primaries count- the inside of the wing, the 8th is slightly

ing in the more modern fashion from longer than the 7th.

the inside of the wing, are equal in (5) Male (BM Reg. No. 86. 2. 1. 546);

length. First primary (from the out- 3rd primary slightly longer than 4th, or,

side) = shorter than 8th, or, counting counting from the inside of the wing,

from the inside , 10th (or outer visible 8th slightly longer than 7th. First pri-

primary) shorter than 3rd, i.e. between mary (from the outside) = shorter than

2nd and 3rd in length. 8th, or, counting from the inside, 10th

(2) Female (MCZ, Harvard, No. 236630); (or outer visible primary) shorter than

3rd and 4th primaries, counting from 3rd in length.

the outside, or, 7th and 8th primaries In the case of specimens of A. brama indica

counting from the inside of the wing, examined, the 3rd primary (counting from the

are equal in length. First primary (from outside), or, the 8th counting from the inside

the outside) = 7th in length, or, count- of the wing, tends to be slightly longer than

ing from the inside 10th (or outer visi- the 4th, or, as the more modern terminology

ble primary) = 4th. would have it, the 7th. In the same way the

(3) Male (Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. N.Y. 1st primary (counting from the outside), tends

No. 265227); 3rd primary slightly to lie between the 6th and 7th in length, or,

longer than 4th, or, counting from the counting from the inside of the wing, the 10th

inside of the wing, 8th slightly longer tends to lie between the 4th and 5th. The net

than 7th. First primary about as long effect of this difference is to make the wing

as 7th, or, counting from the inside of of brama indica more pointed, the wing of

the wing, 4th about equal to the 10th. blewitti more rounded. Thus it appears from

(4) Female (BM Reg. No. 86. 2. 1. 544); the examination of these specimens of blewitti

this immature specimen is not suitable that this population would seem to be a more

for primary measurements but suffice sedentary one, although there is no indication

it to say that the 3rd primary is slightly that brama indica itself is migratory. Perhaps

longer than the 4th, or, counting from then blewitti, as noted, is a sedentary forest-

3

JOURNAL , BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. 7j

inhabiting species found in patches of tropical

moist deciduous and subtropical wet forest

along the foothills of the Satpuras from about

E. Long. 13° 30', to E. Long. 84° plus, and

between N. Lat. 21° and 22°.

Measurements of these birds clearly show

that blewitti does not overlap brama indica :

From the above measurements it can be

seen that blewitti has a shorter wing and tail

proportionately, but slightly larger bill, longer

tarsus and more massive feet. Additionally,

the occiput appears larger in the available skins.

A crude measurement of the skull, measured

roughly across the frontals between the orbital

sockets shows the blewitti specimens to be

more than 30 millimetres, while the specimens

of brama indica measure less than 30 mm in

width.

To review the Key published in Dr. Salim

Ali’s and my handbook (1969, Vol. 3, p. 297),

it would seem advisable to point out the more

1 In a recent publication, Owls of the World

(J. A. Burton, Ed., New York: Dutton. 1973), there

is a colour photograph on page 168, attributed to

Athene blewitti. I have written to the gentlemen

who took the photograph, Messrs. Gerard and Al-

bert Grandjean of Geneva, Switzerland, who in their

reply (pers. comm.) note that the bird was uniform-

ly darker in appearance than Athene brama without

precise differences between brama and blewitti

and amend it as follows:

B Abdomen transversely barred 1

1 Crown distinctly spotted; back widely inter-

spersed with subterminal spots; tail narrowly band-

ed with white, less than 5 mm in width; collar band

broken below, white throat patch smaller; first pri-

mary longer than sixth; skull and feet smaller

A. brama

Crown unspotted or faintly spotted on the feather

shafts; back plain, much reduced spotting; tail broad-

ly banded with white, more than 5 mm in width;

collar band continuous, white throat patch larger

extending to centre of abdomen; first primary equals

seventh or shorter than eighth; skull and feet more

massive A. blewitti

In conclusion blewitti can be said to be an

enigmatic species, co-occurring within the range

of brama indica, in mid-continental India,

presumably adapted to a different ecological

niche in forest rather than farmland edges, and

now to be classed as very rare.1

visible spotting on the head, and that it presented a

more lively and wilder appearance than brama, more

like the barred forest owlet, Glaucidium radiatum.

The locality was a jungle clearing near Nagpur

(M.S.) in 1968. From the photograph, certain

identification of this bird as A. blewitti is difficult,

but the locality is certainly within the probable

range for the species.

4

Identification of hairs of some

Indian Mammals1

B. R. Koppikar2 and J. H. Sabnis3

{With 21 text -figures)

A system for rapidly identifying hair specimens by means of structural patterns is out-

lined. A series of camera lucida diagrams depicting the structure of hairs from 21 species of

mammals is presented. This facilitates identification by permitting a direct visual comparison

with the structure of an unknown hair specimen. Comments on distinguishing features that

may be useful for macroscopic recognition of hairs from the various species are also included.

Introduction

The Project Tiger in Maharashtra was intiat-

ed in the Melghat Tiger Reserve on 22nd Feb-

ruary, 1974 with the main object of protecting

and conserving the tiger. One important aspect

of study which relates to the tiger is to know its

food habits. In nature it is very difficult to keep

track of all the animals killed by the tiger and

an important method of knowing the food

habits is through collection of faeces contain-

ing hair which will reveal the animals preyed

upon by the tiger. The need for studying food

habits of Carnivora in general and of the tiger

in particular prompted us to undertake a study

of mammalian hair structure that could be

used for investigating food habits on the basis

of hair remains in the faeces.

The present work involves the study of the

actual hair. The animals investigated so far

do not cover a complete list of mammals of

Maharashtra or of the Project Tiger area. How-

ever, the study will be continued on other spe-

cies of mammals depending on the availability

of authentic hair specimens.

1 Accepted March 1975

2 Project Tiger, Melghat, Paratwada.

The practical applications of hair identifica-

tion in biological and forensic sciences have

been enumerated by several investigators

(Mathiak 1938; Williams 1938; Mayer 1952;

Adorjan & Kolenosky 1969). Some of the uses

cited most frequently involve food habit stu-

dies, identity of a predator in cases of preda-

tion and the identity of a mammal inhabiting

a den or a tree. Hair remains also serve as evi-

dence in convicting a game law violator or

determination of the authenticity of a fur coat.

The history of hair identification can be

traced back to McMurtrie (1886) who studied

different patterns of the cuticular surface of

animal hair. Hausman (1920, 1924 & 1930)

made drawings of different mammalian hairs

which were of great taxonomic importance.

The purpose of this investigation is to provide

a set of illustrations of the structural pattern

of mammalian hairs that can be used to make

rapid visual comparison with unknown hair

samples. This will eliminate the necessity of

preparing and examining several known hair

specimens each time an identification is to be

made. A brief written description of the major

3 Department of Zoology, Vidarbha Mahavidya-

laya, Amravati.

5

JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. 73

macroscopic and microscopic distinguishing

characteristics of the hairs of each species is

given along with drawings.

Material and Methods

Initially, all hair specimens were carefully

washed in hot water. They were air dried thor-

oughly and passed through ether and xylol. Hair

slides were prepared in Canada-balsam. Camera

lucida drawings were prepared of each hair

showing cuticular and medullar pattern. The

three basic regions of each hair fibre namely

proximal, medial and distal were studied. The

diagrams on the left hand side in the plates

show the structure of hairs of the proximal

end, in the middle the medial and on the right

the distal end. In cases where the structure of

proximal and medial portions of hair was

identical, only one diagram was drawn repre-

senting both. The measurements given are

averages.

Observations

The structural parts of a hair are the cuticle,

cortex, medulla, pigment and hair cells. In the

system of hair identification to be outlined only

cuticle and medulla are important.

Indian pangolin Manls pentadactyla

Fig. 1

Gross Appearance :

Length 2.4 cm. Colour milky white. Hair

stems harsh and rigid with a diameter of 126

at the proximal end. Stems slightly curved.

Microscopic Appearance :

Hair border plain with small spines distri-

buted all over. Medulla is visible only at the

proximal region but not in the medial and dis-

tal regions.

rhesus macaque Macaca mulatta

Fig. 2

Gross Appearance :

Length 1.6 cm. Colour dusky gray. The hair

measures 38 v in diameter at the proximal end.

Proximal and distal regions have fragmented

medulla while the medial region has discoidal

type.

Microscopic A p pearance :

The hairs appear without scales. The hair

pigment punctated or threadlike and is seen

in the medial and distal regions of the hair;

the proximal region lacks pigment.

langur Presbytis entellus

Fig. 3

Gross Appearance :

Length 6.2 cm. Colour uniform gray. The

hair measures 60 n in diameter in the proximal

region.

Microscopic A ppearance :

In the proximal and medial regions, the

border of the hair shows scales which are im-

bricate and at the distal region the borders

appear plain. The hair pigment which is punc-

tated and threadlike is seen uniformly in all

regions of the hair. Medulla is not visible in

any region.

blacknaped hare Lepus rufcaudatus

Fig. 4

Gross Appearance :

Length 3.5 to 4.8 cm. The hairs are slender

and soft, with diameter of 12 n throughout ex-

cept for the slight tapering apex. They are

light brown in colour with black tips.

Microscopic Appearance :

In the proximal region the medulla appears

beaded, in the medial discoidal and in the dis-

tal region fragmented. Scales are not visible.

6

IDENTIFICATION OF HAIRS

Medial Distal

X740 X740

Proximal

XT 40

Fig. 1. Pangolin ( Manis pentadactyla)

Medial

X740

Fig. 2. Rhesus Macaque ( Macaca mulatto)

Distal

X740

JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. 73

\

■ <?

I

t >

A*

Olstal

X740

Fig. 3. Langur ( Presbytis entellus)

Proximal Medial Distal

X740 X740 X740

Fig. 4. Blacknaped Hare ( Lepus ruficciudatus )

Proximal Medial Distal

X740 X740 X740

Fig. 5. Palm Squirrel ( Funambulus palmarum)

8

IDENTIFICATION OF HAIRS

palm squirrel Fimambulus palmarum

Fig. 5

Gross Appearance :

Length 1.4 to 2 cm. The hairs differ in

colour. Some are black and some are banded

in appearance with white and brown bands

arranged alternatively. They measure 27 m in

diameter in the proximal region.

Microscopic A ppearance :

Scales are imbricate with plain edges in the

proximal region. In the medial and distal re-

gions the borders appear plain. In the proxi-

mal region medulla is of fragmented type ar-

ranged in double rows. In the medial region

it appears discoidal, which however in the core

portion shows a chiasmatic appearance. In the

distal region the medulla is of fragmented type.

lesser bandicoot rat Bandicota bengalensis

Fig. 6

Gross Appearance :

Length 2 to 3 cm. The colour of the hair is

generally gray except in the distal region which

is black. The hair measures 45 n in diameter

in the proximal region.

Microscopic A ppearance :

Scales are dentate in the proximal region. In

the medial region the borders appear plain

while in the distal region the scales are imbri-

cate acuminate.

Medulla in the proximal region appears dis-

coidal while it is continuous in the medial and

distal regions.

striped hyena Hyaena hyaena

Fig. 7

Gross Appearance :

The proximal region is white, medial gray

and distal black.

Length 16.8 cm. The hairs are straight wire-

like with a gradual taper. The diameter of the

hair at the proximal region measures 60

Microscopic Appearance :

No scales are visible and the borders are

plain. Medulla in the proximal and medial re-

gions is continuous while in the distal region

it is fragmented.

jackal Canis aureus

Fig. 8

Gross Appearance :

Length 4 to 6 cm. Hair stems are narrow at

the proximal region becoming a little broader

in the medial and tapering in the distal region.

At the broadest portion the hair diameter me-

asures 90 /*. The hairs show a banded colora-

tion due to the presence of brown or black

bands which are separated from each other

by yellow bands.

Microscopic A ppearance :

Scales imbricate acuminate in proximal re-

gion, changing to crenate in the medial, and

flattened in the distal region giving a smooth

appearance to the borders. Medulla is conti-

nuous in the proximal region, discoidal giving

a horizontal triangular appearance in the me-

dial region and fragmented in the distal region.

9

JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. 73

Proximal

X 740

Medial

X740

Fig. 6. Lesser Bandicoot Rat ( Bandicota bengalensis)

Proximal

X 740

medial

X740

Fig. 7. Striped Hyena ( Hyaena hyaena)

Distal

X740

Distal

X740

i

10

JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. 73

Proximal

X 740

Medial

X740

Fig. 8. Jackal ( Canis aureus )

Proximal

X740

Medial

X740

■3^-- ~m Fig. 9. Indian Fox ( Vulpes bengalensis)

Distal

X740

Distal

X 740

li

JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. 73

Indian fox Vulpes bengalensis

Fig. 9

Gross Appearance :

Length 4 to 5 cm. They measure 60 m in the

proximal region. Colour black in the distal

region and yellow in the proximal region. Some

hairs are black except for lighter coloured

bands, several centimetres wide in the upper

portion of the medial region.

M icroscopic A ppearance :

Proximal region appears smooth, medial

spiny dentate while in the distal region minute

spines are seen. Medulla in the proximal re-

gion appears discoidal, in the medial interven-

ing fragmented type and in the distal region

no medulla is visible.

tiger Panthera tigris

Fig. 10

Gross Appearance'.

Length 4 to 8 cm. Hair stems thick, slightly

curved at the tip. Diameter at the proximal

region 84 /*. Colour of the hair is white in the

proximal region, and dark gray in the distal.

In the medial region yellow bands are separat-

ed from each other by brown bands. Some

hairs are pure white and black in colour.

M icroscopic A ppearance :

In the proximal region the scales appear as

spines on the borders, while in the medial and

distal regions the borders appear plain. Medulla

is continuous throughout except in the distal

region where it is not visible.

panther Panthera pardus

Fig. 11

Gross Appearance:

Length 3 to 4 cm. Hair stems are soft and

slender. Colour light yellow in the proximal

region, followed by two bands approximate-

ly 5 nun. wide, the first being black and the

second brown. The distal portion is yellow.

The diameter at the proximal region, 45 ik

Microscopic Appearance:

Scales imbricate with crenate edges in the

proximal and medial regions. In the distal

region the borders appear plain. Medulla is

continuous throughout except in the distal re-

gion where it is fragmented.

jungle cat Felis chaus

Fig. 12

Gross A ppearance :

Length 2 to 4 cm. Coloration of hair stems

is highly specific. They are light gray from

proximal to medial region which is followed

by two bands black and brown in the distal

region. The tip is black. The diameter at proxi-

mal region is 30 ^

Microscopic Appearance:

Scales imbricate with dentate edges in the

proximal and medial regions. In the distal

region the scales appear to be coronal. Medulla

is discoidal in the proximal and medial regions

while in the distal region it is continuous.

palm civet Paradoxurus hermaphroditus

Fig. 13

Gross Appearance:

Length 2 to 4 cm. Hair stems slightly wavy

and soft. The diameter at proximal region is

66 m. Colour dusty gray in proximal region,

gradually becoming darker towards the distal

region.

Microscopic Appearance:

Scales imbricate with crenate edges in proxi-

mal region, which gradually become coronal

in the medial region. In the distal region the

borders appear plain. Medulla in the proximal

region appears discoidal, in the medial conti-

nuous and in the distal fragmented.

12

IDENTIFICATION OF HAIRS

Proximal

XT 40

Fig. 10. Tiger ( Panthera tigris)

ri

Proximal-Medial Distal

X740 X740

Fig. 11. Panther ( Panthera pardus)

Proximal-Medial Distal

X 740 X740

Fig. 16. Cattle ( Bos sp.)

13

JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. 73

Fig. 13. Palm Civet ( Paradoxurus hermaphroditus)

14

Identification of hairs

rATel Mellivora capensis

Fig. 14

Gross Appearance :

Length 3 to 4 cm. There are two types of

hair one pure brown and the other pure white

in colour. Both are slightly curved. In the pro-

ximal region hair stems are wide but gradu-

ally taper towards the distal region. The dia-

meter at the proximal end is 51 n.

Microscopic Appearance :

Scales coronal with dentate edges in the

proximal and the medial regions of the hair.

In the distal region scales appear as minute

spines. Medulla is continuous in the proximal

and medial regions and is not visible in the

distal region.

domestic goat Capra sp.

Fig. 15

Gross Appearance :

Length 4 to 6 cm. Hair stems are curved

and slightly wavy. 42 n in diameter in the pro-

ximal region. The colour of the hair is vari-

able.

Microscopic A ppearance :

Scales are imbricate with crenate edges in

the proximal region. In the medial and distal

regions the borders appear plain. The medulla

appears fragmented in the proximal and distal

regions while it is discoidal in the medial re-

gion.

CATTLE Bos sp.

Fig. 16

Gross Appearance :

Length 1 to 2 cm. Hair stems are slightly

curved measuring 30 m in diameter in the pro-

ximal region. The colour of the hair is highly

variable.

Microscopic A ppearance :

Scales are imbricate with crenate edges in

the proximal and medial regions. In the distal

region they appear flattened with minute

spines. The medulla is continuous in the pro-

ximal and medial regions and fragmented in

the distal region.

sam bar Cervus unicolor

Fig. 17

Gross Appearance :

Length 3 to 5 cm. Narrow in the proximal

region, becoming broader in the medial and

tapering off in the distal region. 180 r- in dia-

meter in the medial region. The colour of the

hair is almost pure white in the proximal re-

gion, gradually changing to yellowish gray in

the medial region. The distal region is black.

Microscopic A ppearance :

In the proximal region the borders appear

smooth. In the medial region the scales are im-

bricate crenate and in the distal spiny. Medulla

shows reticular polygonal appearance in the

proximal and medial regions. In the distal re-

gion medulla it is not visible.

SPOTTED DEER Axis axis

Fig. 18

Gross Appearance :

Length 3 to 4 cm. Hair stems slightly wavy.

Diameter at the proximal end 84 /*. Colour,

white in the proximal region changing to brown

in the medial region. The distal region is yel-

lowish brown.

Microscopic A ppearance :

Dark medulla prevents cuticular structural

view of the proximal region under microscope.

In the medial region scales are imbricate com-

pressed ovate type. Tip of the distal region

appears spiny. Medulla appears continuous in

the proximal and medial regions and is frag-

mented in the distal region.

15

JOURNAL , BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. 73

Fig. 14. Ratel ( Mellivora capensis)

Proximal

X740

Medial

X 740

Distal

X 740

Fig. 15. Domestic Goat ( Capra sp.)

16

IDENTIFICATION OF HAIRS

Proximal

X740

Medial

X740

Distal

X740

Proximal Medial Distal

X740 X740 X740

Fig. 18. Spotted Deer (Axis axis)

17

JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. 73

Proximal Medial

X 740 X740

Fig. 19. Blackbuck ( Antilope cervicapra)

Proximal-Medial

X 740

Fig. 20. Nilgai ( Boselaphus tragocamelus)

Distal

X740

Distal

X740

18

IDENTIFICATION OF HAIRS

blackbuck Antilope cervicapra

Fig. 19

Gross Appearance :

Length 1 to 2 cm. The hairs look slightly

curved and are more or less equal in diameter

throughout except for a gradual taper at the

apex. Diameter at the proximal end 48 /*. The

colour of the hair is white in the proximal re-

gion with grayish coloured band immediately

below the distal one third region.

The terminal portion is black. Some hairs

are light brown in colour and some white and

black.

Microscopic Appearance :

Scales imbricate crenate in the proximal and

medial regions. In the distal region the borders

appear plain. Medulla is fragmented through-

out.

nilgai Boselaphus tragocamelus

Fig. 20

Gross Appearance:

Length 23 to 27 cm. 140 in diameter at

the proximal region. Stems quite fragile and

easily broken. Colour almost white in the

proximal region. In the medial region two

third portion is brown gradually changing to

black in the distal region.

Microscopic Appearance :

Scales imbricate with crenate edges in the

proximal and medial regions. In the distal re-

gion fine long bristles are seen. Medulla con-

tinuous in the proximal-medial regions and is

not visible in the distal region.

chin kara Gazella gazella

Fig. 21

Gross Appearance :

Length 18 to 22 cm. 54 a* in diameter in the

proximal region increasing perceptibly in size

in the medial region and then gradually taper-

ing in the distal region. At the proximal re-

gion colour is generally black, medial region

being grayish and the distal region white. Some

hairs are pure white.

Proximal. Medial. Distal

X740 X740 X740

Fig. 21. Chinkara ( Gazella gazella )

Microscopic Appearance :

Scales are imbricate crenate in the proximal

region, gradually becoming flattened compres-

sed ovate type in the medial region. In the dis-

tal region the scales are coronal serrate type.

Medulla is continuous all throughout.

Acknowledgements

We express our thanks to Shri S. S. Buit,

Chief Conservator of Forests, Maharashtra

State, for his keen interest shown during the

progress of this investigation and for giving

encouragement from time to time. We also

express our thanks to Prof. S. A. R. Quadri,

Head of the Zoology Department, Vidarbha

Mahavidyalaya, Amravati for providing neces-

sary facilities to undertake the investigation.

19

JOURNAL , BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. 73

References

Adorjan, A. S. & Kolenosky, G. B. (1969):

A manual for the identification of hairs of selected

Ontario mammals. Department of lands and Forests

Research Report, 90.

Hausman, L. A. (1920): Mammal fur under the

microscope J. Am. Mag. Nat. Hist. 20:434-444.

(1924) . Further studies of the

relationships of the structural characteristics of ma-

mmalian hair. Amer. Nat. 58:5 44-557.

(1930) : Recent studies of hair

structure relationships. Sci. Monthly 30:258-277.

Mathiak, H. A. (1938): A key to hairs of the

mammals of southern Michigen. J. Wild. Mgmt.

2(4) : 251-268.

Mayer, W. V. (1952) : The hair of California

mammals with key to the dorsal guard hairs of

California mammals. Rep. Am. Midland Nat. 28(2) :

480-512.

McMurtrie, W. (1886): Report on an exami-

nation of wools and other mammalian fibres. U.S.

Dept. Agri., Washington p. 613.

Williams, C. S. (1938): Aids to the identifica-

tion of mole and shrew hairs with general com-

ments on hair structure and their determination

J. Wild. Mgmt. 2(4) : 239-250.

A contribution to the flora of Bastar

(Madhya Pradesh)1

H. O. Saxena2 and S. N. Khotele

State Forest Research Institute, Jabalpur

The present paper records 319 species of vascular plants which are reported for the first

time from Bastar. Fourteen species (marked by double asterisk) are new records for Central

India and eighteen (marked by single asterisk) for Madhya Pradesh.

Introduction

Bastar, the largest district of Madhya Pradesh

and third largest district of India with an area

of 39171 square kilometres lies between 17°

45'-20°23' north and 80°15'-82°15' east. It is

situated on extreme south of the State, bor-

dered on the three sides by Orissa. Andhra

Pradesh and Maharashtra.

The botany of Bastar presents an interesting

study since the southern limit of sal is reached

about 18°30' north. A number of species of

the south and coastal regions make their ap-

pearance here. The hill range Bailadilla pre-

sents an interesting flora.

After Mooney’s (1942) account of the flora

of Bailadilla hill, no contribution to the flora

of Bastar was made till recently when Sub ra-

ni any am & Henry (1966) published a list of

481 species of vascular plants, which was the

outcome of their three collection tours. Jain

(1963, 1964, 1965) has made contributions

towards the ethnobotany of the region. Arora

(1968) made further contribution to the botany

of Bailadilla. Casual reference of the area has

also been made by Tiwari (1954, 1955, 1963,

1 Accepted March 1972.

2 Present address : Regional Research Laboratory,

Bhubaneswar.

1964) , Tiwari & Maheshwari (1963, 1964,

1965) , Panigrahi et al. (1965, 1966, 1967),

Ramlal & Panigrahi (1967), and Shukla &

Panigrahi (1967).

The list that follows enumerates 319 species

of vascular plants which are reported for the

first time from Bastar; of this eighteen species

are new records for Madhya Pradesh (marked

by single asterisk) and fourteen for central In-

dia (marked by double asterisk). This report

is based on five years intensive touring in the

area in different seasons of the year. The her-

barium specimens cited, are preserved in the

Herbarium, State Forest Research Institute,

Jabalpur.

Dilleniaceae

Dillenia aurea Sm.

Tirathgarh, Dantewada. Saxena 5492; Khotele

6085, 9347. Local name: Mechi.

Papaveraceae

Argemone mexicana Linn.

Chotedongar. Khotele 3076, 5237; Khotele &

Shukla 7249. Local name: Piladhatura, Katai.

VlOLACEAE

Hybanthus enneaspermus (Linn.) F. v. Muell.

Awapalli, Bhairamgarh, Ranker, Geedam. Kho-

tele 9385, 3309, 11504.

21

JOURNAL , BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. 73

Capparaceae

Capparis zeylanica Linn, (non FI. Brit. Ind.)

Bastar. Khotele 5270.

Cleome viscosa Linn.

Bhopalpatnam. Khotele 4407, 8776.

Bixaceae

Bixa orallana Linn.

Bastar. Singh 4397.

PlTTOSPORACEAE

** Pittosporum nepaulense (DC.) Rehder ex Wilson,

var. rawalpindiense Gowda

Bailadilla, Dantewada. Khotele 8050.

POLYGALACEAE

Poly gal a chinensis Linn.

Keshkal, Bhopalpatnam, Marta, Saxena 1785;

Khotele 3038; Singh 7164.

P. elongata Klein ex Willd.

Tirathgarh, Kutumsar, Marta. Saxena & Khotele

6526; Khotele & Shukla 7398; Singh 7166.

P. longifolia Poir.

Badedongar. Khotele 8521.

P. persicariaefolia DC.

Manikpur. Saxena 1443.

Caryophyllaceae

Poly car pon indicum (Retz.) Merr.

syn. Polycarpon loeflingii (Wall.) Benth. & Hk. f.

Tirathgarh. Khotele 6523.

PORTULACACEAE

Portulaca oleracea Linn.

Bhopalpatnam. Khotele 8769.

Tamariscineae

Tamarix eriocoides Rottl.

Bhopalpatnam. Khotele 8779.

Elatinaceae

Bergia ammanioides Roxb.

Budra, Bhopalpatnam. Khotele 3418, 8768.

Hypericaceae

Hypericum javanicum Thunb.

Gadantari. Khotele 5297. Local name: Kurandi.

Malvaceae

Abutilon hirtum G. Don

syn. A. graveolens W. & A.

Bhairamgarh. Khotele 9354.

Hibiscus micranthus Linn. f.

Ranker. Khotele 2013.

H. sabdariffa Linn.

Dhondai, Narainpur. Khotele 4028, 4072, 8325.

H. tetraphyllus Roxb.

Kirandul. Saxena 1365.

Tiliaceae

Corchorus olitorius Linn.

Kirandul. Saxena 1358.

Grewia subinaequalis DC.

Awapalli. Khotele 9357.

OXALIDACEAE

Bio phy turn reinwardtii (Zucc.) Klotz.

Amabeda-Antagarh, Ranker, Bhanupratappur,

Keshkal. Khotele 2049, 2593; Shukla 5314. Local

name: Jukku.

Oxalis corniculata Linn.

Common weed. Singh 4301, 6766; Khotele 3084,

5271. Local name: Kodey.

Rutaceae

Citrus medica Linn.

Bhansi. Saxena 1412.

Hesperethusa crenulata (Roxb.) Roem

Dantewada. Saxena 1213.

OCHNACEAE

*Ochna gamblei King

Darbha. Saxena 5436; Khotele 9003, 9340.

Olacaceae

Olax nana Wall.

Purva Kameli. Khotele 9074.

!

22

FLORA OF BASTAR

V ITACEAE

Cayratia carnosa Gagnep.

Keshkal. Saxena & Khotele 1807.

Cissus vitiginea Linn.

syn. Vitis linnei Wall, ex W. & A.

Nunalguda. Singh 27131.

Sapindaceae

Cardiospermum helicacabum Linn.

Sukma. Saxena 5675.

Erioglossum rubiginosum Bl.

syn. E. edule Bl.

Bhainsgaon, Narainpur. Khotele 5038.

Moringaceae

Moringa oleifera Lamk.

Kosalnar-Kondagaon. Khotele 3427, 5278. Local

name : Munga.

Papilionaceae

Aeschynomene aspera Linn.

Bhairamgarh. Khotele 9333.

Alysicarpus glumaceous (Vahl) DC.

syn. A. rugosus DC.

Bastar. Khotele 11528.

Alysicarpus procumbens (Roxb.) Schindl.

syn. A. hamosus Edgew.

Ranker. Khotele 10196.

Alysicarpus vaginalis (Linn.) DC.

Common. Saxena 1549, 1827; Khotele 3040, 3882,

3110, 5295; Singh 4366. Local name: Bhuikumra,

Phadkuli.

Clitoria ternatea Linn.

Jagdalpur. Khotele & Shukla 6466.

Crotalaria alata Buch.-Ham.

Kondagaon. Saxena & Khotele 1956; Khotele

10378.

C. calycina Schrank

Beejapur, Kutumsar, Korar, Geedam. Singh 2361;

Khotele & Shukla 6426, 6457; Khotele 8417, 10398.

* C. humifusa Grah.

Godantari-Kondagaon. Khotele 5291.

C. laburnifolia Linn.

Jagdalpur, Darbha. Khotele 3491, 10213.

C. prostrata Rottl. ex Willd.

Bodegaon-Antagarh, Narainpur, Darbha, Kiran-

dul, Bhansi. Khotele 2076, 4020, 10216; Saxena

1410; Singh 2581.

Dalbergia sissoo Roxb. ex DC.

Pharasgaon. Khotele 8541.

Desmodium dichotomum (Wild.) DC.

syn. Desmodium diffusum Willd.

Keshkal. Saxena 1583.

Desmodium triflorum (Linn.) DC.

Narainpur, Beejapur, Antagarh. Khotele 4013;

Singh 2202, 2234.

Desmodium velutinum (Willd.) DC. var. velutinum

Ranker, Kirandul, Pharasgaon, Sambalpur, Bha-

nupratappur, Bhansi, Jagdalpur. Saxena 1308; Singh

2424, 2568; Khotele 2061, 3028, 7220, 8514. Local

name: Badi Chatkani.

Dolichos biflorus Linn.

Dhondai, Narainpur. Khotele 4061, 8326.

Eleiotis monophylla (Burm. f.) DC.

Sukma. Khotele 10359, 10397.

Indigofera glandulosa Roxb. ex Willd.

Maita. Singh 7156.

/. linifolia (Linn, f.) Retz.

Dantewada, Duhdawa, Antagarh, Jharandalli-

Bhanupratappur. Saxena 1237, 1523; Khotele 3054,

4012, 8749.

7. trifoliata Linn.

Dantewada, Bodegaon, Amraoti. Khotele 2095,

2866, 6250.

Phaseolus mungo Linn.

Narainpur: escape in forest. Khotele 4044.

P. aureus Roxb.

( Phaseolus radiatus auct. non Linn.)

Narainpur, Keshkal. Khotele 4045; Khotele &

Shukla 5353. Local name: Paail.

** Pseudarthria viscida (Linn.) W. & A.

Bhairamgarh, Kondagaon. Khotele 3114.

Rhynchosia minima DC.

Jagdalpur. Khotele 11530.

Sesbania aegyptiaca Pers.

Keshkal. Khotele 5383.

Tephrosia hamiltonii Drum.

( Tephrosia purpurea sensu Baker in FI. Brit. Ind.)

23

JOURNAL , BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. 73

Keshkal, Dantewada, Dudhawa, Sukma. Saxena

1521; Saxena & Khotele 1776; Khotele & Shukla

7224; Khotele 10361; Singh 2486. Local name:

Dumar, Bajradanti.

** T. lanceolata Grah. ex W. & A.

Bispur. Khotele & Shukla 7323.

Teramnus labialis (Linn, f.) Spreng.

Bailadilla. Singh 2567 ; Saxena 1310.

Trigonella foenum-graecum Linn.

Bhanupratappur. Khotele 8834.

Vigna vexillata (Linn.) A. Rich.

Antagarh, Narainpur. Khotele 2070, 4046, 10399.

Local name: Barbela.

Zornia gibbosa Spanoghe

Bailadilla, Darbha, Dudhawa, Dodegaon, Bhains-

gaon, Narainpur. Saxena 1555; Khotele & Shukla

7281; Khotele 2094, 3170, 10295.

Caesalpiniaceae

Caesalpinia bonduc (Linn.) Roxb.

Narainpur, Bhopalpatnam. Khotele 4038, 8829.

Local name: Ghataran.

Cassia absus Linn.

Bhiragaon-Narainpur, Konta. Khotele 3166; Singh

7181.

C. auriculata Linn.

Bastar, Narainpur. Srivastava & Party 99113

(LWG).

C. mimosoides Linn.

Ranker, Antagarh, Bodegaon, Bhiragaon, Kon-

dagaon, Kutumsar. Khotele 2028, 3008, 3091, 3377;

Khotele & Singh 6419.

C. pumila Linn.

Beejapur, Keshkal. Singh 2378; Khotele & Shukla

5372.

Mimosaceae

Acacia nilotica (Linn.) Del. subsp. indica (Benth.)

Brenan ( Acacia arabica )

Jagdalpur, Khotele 6286.

A. auriculiformis A. Cunn.

Jagdalpur — Cultivated. Khotele 2815.

Albizzia amara Boiv.

Dantewada. Saxena 1230.

* Albizzia thomsonii Brand.

Tirathgarh, Sukma. Saxena 5495, 5629.

Mimosa rubicaulis Lam.

Bhopalpatnam. Khotele 8711.

Rosaceae

** Pyrus pashia Buch.-Ham.

Kunharas Forest. Fr. July. Singh 6774. Local

name: Banghuiyan.

CoMBRETACEAE

Anogeissus pendula Edgew.

Sukma, Pangam, Bhopalpatnam. Saxena 5647;

Khotele 8732, 8733.

Lythraceae

Ammannia baccifera Linn.

Bhopalpatnam, Bhanubeda, Bhiragaon, Kesalnar-

Kondagaon, Dantewada, Keshkal, Dudhawa, Bhansi.

Saxena 1183, 1290, 1526, 3467; Khotele 3113, 3321,

5274.

A. baccifera Linn. var. aegyptiaca Koehne

Syn. A. salicifolia Hiern. non Monti.

Kondagaon. Khotele 5287.

Rotala mexicana Cham. & Schecht

Syn. Ammannia pygamaea S. Kurz.

Darbha. Khotele 9566.

i

Onagraceae

Ludwigia adscendens (Linn.) Hara

Syn. Jussiaea repens Linn.

Darbha. Saxena & Khotele 1679. Local name:

Jagni.

Samydaceae

Casearia elliptica Willd.

Syn. C. tomentosa Roxb.

Bhansi. Saxena 1335.

Cucurbitaceae

Coccinia cor difolia (Linn.) Cogn.

Dantewada, Dhodai. Khotele 2873, 4076.

Corallocarpus epigaeus (Rottl. & Willd.) C.B. Cl.

Antagarh. Khotele 2079; Singh 6609.

Cucumis sativus Linn.

24

FLORA OF BASTAR

Kirandul, Keshkal. Singh 2590; Khotele & Singh

5362. Local name: Bodella.

Diplocyclos palmatus (Linn.) Jaffrey

Darbha, Kirandul. Khotele 3375, 10209; Singh

2593. Local name: Beliabuti, Kochri, Chrabuti.

Melothria maderaspatana (Linn.) Cogn.

Kirandul, Bhansi, Kanker. Singh 2540; Saxena

1320; Khotele 2016.

Momordica char ant ia Linn.

Sukma, Tirathgarh. Saxena 1632, 5662.

M. dioica Roxb. ex Willd.

Dornapal, Tongpal. Singh 7002, 7095. Local

name: Khaksi, Van Karela.

Trichosanthes bracteata (Lam.) Voigt

Dondai, Sukma, Geedam, Kanker. Khotele 4075,

2046, 10256, 10376.

T. cucumeriana Linn.

Kanker, Jagdalpur. Khotele 2015; Khotele &

Shukla 6468.

Cactaceae

Opuntia monacantha Haw.

Kanker. Saxena s.n.

Ficqideae

Glinus oppositifolia (Linn.) A. DC.

Dudhawa, Sukma. Saxena 7535, 5651.

Umbelliferae

Centella asiatica (Linn.) Urban

Bhansi, Sonpur, Darbha. Khotele 5078, 9582;

Saxena 1408.

* Eryngium foetidum Linn.

Darbha. Saxena 5416. Local name: Dhaniya.

Hydrocotyle sibthorpioides Lam.

Darbha. Khotele 9581. Local name: Choti Brahmi.

Peucedanum nagpurense Prain

Keshkal. Khotele 5343.

Trachyspermum roxburghianum (DC.) Craib

Korar. Khotele 8439.

Rubiaceae

Dentella . repens Forst.

Jagdalpur, Bhopalpatnam, Sukma,. Dudhawa.

Saxena 1536, 3490, 5651, 5655, 5663.

Gonotheca ovatifolia (Cav.) Sant. & Wagh

Syn. Oldenlandia nudicaulis Roth

Dantewada, Kirandul, Beejapur, Keshkal. Saxena

1366; Khotele 8020; Singh 2222; Khotele & Shukla

5417.

Hedyotis hispida Retz.

Darbha, Kirandul, Bhansi, Bispur. Saxena 1406,

5405; Khotele 10321; Singh 4212. Local name:

Ronder.

Rubia cordifolia Linn.

Bhansi, Bailadillai. Saxena 1294; Singh 4273.

* Tarenna asiatica (Linn.) Alston

Syn. Webera corymbosa Willd.

Bastar, between Narainpur and Dhamtari. Srivas-

tava 9915 (LWG).

COMPOSITAE

Amberboa ramosa (Roxb.) Wagenitz.

Syn. Voluterella divaricata Benth.

Dudhawa, Saxena 1545.

Blainvillea acmella (Linn.) Phillipson

Kanker. Singh 2236; Khotele 2041.

Bidens pilosa Linn.

Bhansi, Kirandul, Kanker. Sayena 1429; Singh

4214; Khotele 2011.

* Blumea hieracifolia DC.

Keshkal. Saxena 1570.

B. laciniata (Roxb.) DC.

Bhanupratappur. Khotele 8566.

B. oxyodonta DC.

Dudhawa, Amabeda, Dantewada. Saxena 1170,

1173, 1525; Khotele 8468, 8568.

B. virens DC.

Bailadilla. Saxena 1285; Khotele 8358.

Centipeda minima (Linn.) A. Br. & Aschers

Jagdalpur, Bhanupratappur. Khotele 8547, 11516.

Centratherum anthelminticum (Willd.) D. Ktze.

Kirandul, Antagarh. Singh 2530; Khotele 3376.

Local name : Kappur.

Chrysanthellum indicum DC.

Kanker, Tirathgarh. Khotele 1986, 6509.

Conyza aegyptiaca Ait.

Keshkal, Amraoti. Saxena & Khotele 1.695; Kho-

tele 6244.

25

JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. 73

C. canadensis (Linn.) Conquist; Cuatr. in Webbia

24:222, 1969.

Syn. Erigeron canadensis Linn.

Kanger Nala, Bailadilla, Geedam. Saxena 5553;

Singh 6796; Khotele 6933.

Cosmos sulphureus Cav.

Antagarh, Kirandul, Geedam, Darbha : escape

from cultivation; often abundant in patches. Singh

2546, 3372, 9586, 10252.

Crassocephalum crepidioides (Benth.) S. Moore

Syn. Gynura crepidioides Benth.

Bailadilla, Bhansi, Dantewada, Kutumsar. Kho-

tele 8025, 9023; Khotele & Shukla 6451; Saxena 1444.

Glossogyne bidens (Retz.) Alston

Syn. G. pinnatifida DC.

Budra, Tirathgarh, Kosalnar, Kondagaon, Amra-

oti, Dantewada. Saxena 1634, 5464; Khotele 2853,

5281, 6201, 6237. Local name: Tejraj, Dhaniyabuta,

Datkuda.

Sclerocarpus africanus Jacq.

Darbha, Basanpur, Dantewada, Bispur. Saxena

5446; Khotele 8024; Khotele & Shukla 7308.

Siegesbeckia orientalis Linn.

Bailadilla. Singh 4318. Local name: Katkan.

Sonchus asper Vill.

Bailadilla. Singh 2259.

Tridax procumbens Linn.

Common. Khotele & Shukla 5398; Khotele 4019,

5293.

Xanthium strumarium Linn.

Geedam. Singh 4349. Local name: Kutraiya.

Stylidiaceae

** Stylidium kunthii Wall.

Bispur, Darbha. Khotele 10330.

Campanulaceae

Wahlenbergia marginata (Thunb.) A. DC.

Dantewada, Chhotedongar, Jagdalpur, Saxena

1177; Khotele 3492, 5225, 5226.

Primulaceae

Lysimachia obovata Hk. f.

Bailadilla. Singh 2274.

Myrsinaceae

** Ardisia floribunda Wall.

Syn. A. neriifolia Wall.

Purva Kameli. Khotele 9061.

Sapotaceae

Madhuca indica Gmel.

Syn. M. latifolia (Roxb.) Macbride

Bhairamgarh, Bhansi. Saxena 1427; Khotele 9381.

Ebenaceae

Diospyrus exsculpta Buch.-Ham.

Syn. D. tomentosa Roxb.

Sukma, Bhairamgarh. Saxena 3685; Khotele 3096.

Local name: Tendu.

Oleaceae

Jasminum multiflorum (Burm. f.) Andr.

Jagdalpur. Khotele 3487.

/. officinale Linn.

Bailadilla, Amraoti: escape. Singh 6638; Khotele

6274.

Apocynaceae

Alstonia scholaris R. Br.

Bhansi. Saxena 1340.

Catharanthus pusillus G. Don

Ranker. Khotele 2068.

Tabernaemontana divaricata (Linn.) R. Br.

Jagdalpur — planted. Khotele 2816.

Vallaris heynei Spreng.

Jagdalpur. Khotele & Shukla 6471.

Wrightia tomentosa (Roxb.) R. & S.

Tongpal. Singh 7047. Local name: Kudegada,

Dudhia.

Asclepiadaceae

Cryptolepis buchananii R. & S.

Badedongar. Khotele 1973, 8501.

Pergularia daemia (Forsk.) Chiov.

Bhopalpatnam. Khotele 8778.

Holostemma annularis (Roxb.) K. Schum.

Syn. H. rheedii (Wall.) Spreng.

26

FLORA OF BASTAR

Kondagaon. Saxena & Khotele 1866. Local name:

Dudhi.

Sarcostemma acidum (Roxb.) Voight

Syn. S. brevistigma W. & A.

Korar. Khotele 8446.

* Tylophora fasciculata Buch.-Ham.

Tongpal. Singh 7072. Local name: Urwa Tonda.

Loganiaceae

Strychnos nux-vomica Linn.

Tirathgarh. Saxena 5509.

Gentianaceae

* Exacum pumilum Griseb.

Dodagaon, Antagarh. Khotele 2088.

Boraginaceae

Coldenia procumbens Linn.

Dudhawa, Dantewada, Sukma, Tongpal. Saxena

1529, 5616, 5679; Singh 4387, 6785; Khotele 6035.

Local name: Silphara, Chirima, Mallod Kusir.

Cynoglossum lanceolatum Forsk.

Bailadilla, Bijapur, Bodegaon, Bhainsgaon, Dar-

bha, Kondagaon. Khotele 2093, 3152, 5296; Khotele

& Shukla 5359; Singh 2216, 2266. Local name:

Latkana, Choti likanda.

Heliotr opium marifolium Retz.

Bade Bacheli. Khotele 6056.

H. ovalifolium Forsk.

Jagdalpur. Khotele 11531.

H. strigosum Willd.

Dantewada. Khotele 2867.

CONVOLVULACEAE

Argyreia sericea Dalz.

Kirandul, Ranker, Korar, Bhiragaon, Darbha,

Bispur. Singh 2573; Khotele 2025, 3095; Khotele &

Shukla 7277, 7346. Local name: Bhainsa Kand.

Erycibe paniculata Roxb.

Dantewada. Khotele 6029.

Evolvulus alsinoides (Linn.) Linn.

Fairly common. Singh 6681, 7099; Khotele 1981,

2058, 3112, 3323, 5090, 5298, 6211, 6236, 6291, 10375.

Local name: Karabuta, Bhui-Chirayata, Phulka,

Konijorabhaji.

lpomoea batata (Linn.) Linn.

Dantewada, Korar: escape. Khotele 2870, 8401.

lpomoea cairica (Linn.) Sweet

Geedam. Singh 4354. Local name: Komelalki.

1. eriocarpa R. Br.

Kirandul, Bhainsgaon. Singh 2595; Khotele 3164.

Local name : Phulodari.

1. hederifolia Linn.

Syn. /. coccinea C.B. Cl. non Linn.

Korar, Jagdalpur. Khotele 8430; Khotele & Shukla

6469.

/. nil (Linn.) Roth

Kutumsar. Khotele & Shukla 7384.

I. obscura Ker-Gawl.

Bhanupratappur, Badedongar, Darbha. Khotele

8538, 8595, 9566, 11527.

Merremia hederacea (Burm. f.) Hall. f.

Syn. lpomoea chryseides Ker-Gawl.

Sukma. Saxena 5690.

M. tridentata (Linn.) Hall. f.

Tirathgarh, Ranker, Dudhawa. Saxena 1551, 5499;

Khotele 2023.

Rivea hypocrateriformis Choisy

Kondagaon. Saxena & Khotele 1865. Local name:

Garyparh.

SOLANACEAE

Datura metel Linn.

Darbha. Khotele 8774.

Physalis minima Linn.

Jagdalpur. Khotele 2803, 9515.

Solanum surattense Burm. f.

Dudhawa, Bhopalpatnam. Saxena 1540; Khotele

8775.

SCROPH ULARI ACEAE

Antirrhinum orontium Linn.

Kondagaon. Khotele 3083.

Limnophila aromatica (Lamk.) Merr.

Darbha. Khotele 9584.

Lindernia anagallis (Burm. f.) Pennell

Budra, Sukma, Dhondai, Karrakosa, Bhiragaon,

Darbha, Dantewada, Geedam. Saxena 1629, 5641,

5643, 5645; Singh 7091; Khotele 3118, 4054, 6036,

8763, 9574. Local name: Pidkushir.

27

JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. 73

* L. cor difolia (Colsm.) Merr.

Tirathgarh, Darbha, Dantewada. Saxena 1464,

5448; Khotele 6045, 9571.

* L. hirsuta (Benth.) Wettst.

Dantewada. Khotele 6025.

L. pusilla (Willd.) Schlecht.

Syn. L. hirta (Cham. & Schl.) Mukherjee

Keshkal, Badebacheli. Saxena 1562; Khotele 6062.

L. multiflora (Roxb.) Mukherjee

Bastar, Tongpal. Singh 7006, 7130.

L. nummularifolia (D. Don) Wettst.

Bispur. Khotele & Shukla 7371; Saxena 1813.

L. parviflora (Roxb.) Haines

Dhondai, Sukma, Maita. Khotele 4054, 10364;

Singh 7153.

Orobanchaceae

Orobanche aegyptiaca Pers.

Chhotedongar. Khotele 5238 A.

Lentibulariaceae

U tricularia aurea Lour.

Syn. U. flexuosa Vahl

Sonpur, Dantewada. Saxena 1211; Khotele 5209.

** U. graminifolia Vahl

Tirathgarh. Saxena 1480, 5481.

Bignoniaceae

Heterophragma roxburghii DC.

Allapalli. Khotele 9373.

Acanthaceae

Adhatoda vasica Nees

Badedongar, Pharasgaon, Jagdalpur. Khotele 8540;

Saxena 1472.

Andrographis echioides (Linn.) Nees

Bijapur, Sambalpur, Ranker, Darbha, Bispur.

Singh 2360; Khotele 1999, 3026, 10221, 17367.

Dicliptera bupleuroides Nees

Narainpur, Bhanupratappur. Khotele 5052, 8590.

Dipter acanthus beddomei (C.B. Cl.) Sant.

Kameli, Kutumsar. Khotele 8013; Khotele &

Shukla 6451, 7300.

D. prostratus (Poir.) Nees

Bailadilla. Singh 2284.

D. suffruticosa (Roxb.) Voight

Tongpal. Khotele 6583.

Dystoriste erecta (Burm. f.) O. Ktze.

Kutumsar. Panigrahi & Arora 1165 (BSA).

Justicia diffusa Willd.

Sukma, Ranker, Antagarh, Keshkal. Singh 7081;

Khotele 1994, 4003; Khotele & Shukla 5376. Local

name: Bapadai Ghachh.

J. glauca Rottb.

Golapatti, Ranker, Domkosa, Bhanupratappur,

Sukma. Khotele 2021, 8584, 10367; Singh 7140.

Lepidagathis cristata Willd.

Tirathgarh, Antagarh, Bhanupratappur, Darbha.

Saxena 5508; Khotele 3381, 3395, 8585, 10202. .

Rungia repens Nees

Tongpal. Singh 7052.

* Staurogyne glauca (Nees) O. Ktze.

Darbha. Saxena 5406.

Strobilanthes edgeworthii Nees

Bhaisgaon, Darbha. Khotele 8485, 10204.

* Synnema barbigera O. Ktze.

Syn. Cardanthera balsamica Benth. ex C.B. Cl.

Dantewada, Nelsanar. Saxena 1172; Singh 4362.

Local name : Latbhaji.

Verbenaceae

Callicarpa macrophylla Vahl.

Bhansi, Bailadilla, Basanpur, Dantewada, Bade-

bacheli. Saxena 1252; Singh 6652; Khotele 6077,

8027.

Clerodendrum phlomoides Linn. f.

Awapalli. Khotele 8708.

C. viscosum Vent

Syn. C. infortunatum auct. non Linn.

Sukma, Chhotedongar. Saxena 1680; Khotele 5220,

5240.

Duranta repens Linn.

Darbha, Amravati, Khotele 6267, 6406, 10207.

Premna barbata Wall, ex Schauer

Keshkal. Saxena & Khotele 17877.

Pygmacopremna herbacea (Roxb.) Moldenke

Syn. Premna herbacea Roxb.

Budra, Jherandalli-Bhanupratappur, Kondagaon.

Saxena 1249; Khotele s.n.

28

FLORA OF BASTAR

Vitex leucoxylon Linn. f.

Tirathgarh, Manikpur, Badebacheli, Awapalli.

Saxena 1491, 1596, 5484; Khotele 6057, 9396.

V. negundo Linn.

Awapalli. Khotele 9387.

Labiatae

* Dysophylla verticillata Benth.

Dantewada. Singh 2490.

Leucas aspera (Willd.) Spreng.

Geedam. Khotele 10253.

L. cephalotes (Roth) Spreng.

Tongpal. Singh 7016. Local name: Bhui Kumra.

L. lavandulaefolia Rees

Keshkal, Darbha, Govindpur, Jagdalpur, Chhote-

dongar, Tongpal Dumarpadar. Saxena 1582, 5463;

Saxena & Khotele 1691; Khotele 4317, 3479, 5221,

5394, 6569. Local name: Banbhuhari, Gubi.

L. nutans Spreng.

Bhansi. Saxena 1440.

Micromeria biflora Benth.

Bailadilla, Purva Kameli. Singh 4306, 4336; Kho-

tele 9080. Local name : Bantili, Hariabuta.

Ocimum americanum Linn.

Budra, Sukma, Kirandul, Bhanupratappur, Darbha.

Saxena 1641, 5404, 5682; Khotele 8098, 8548, 10240;

Singh 2256, 6692. Local name: Vantulsi.

O. basilicum Linn.

Ranker, Jagdalpur. Khotele 3493, 8447.

O. sanctum Linn.

Bispur, Dudhawa. Saxena 1561; Khotele 7345.

** Platy stoma africanum Beauv.

Keshkal. Khotele 7292.

Nyctaginaceae

Mirabilis jalapa Linn.

Tongpal, Bijapur. Singh 2203, 7022. Local name:

Dhudya ghil.

Amaranth ace ae

Achyranthes bidentata Bl.

Bispur. Khotele 10309

Aerva monsoniae (Linn, f.) Mast.

Bhopalpatnam, Ranker, Antagarh. Khotele 1991,

4015, 8780.

Allmania nodiflora R. Br.

Amraoti. Khotele 6254.

Amaranthus blitum Linn. var. oleracea Hk. f.

Kutumsar. Panigrahi & Arora 1176 (BSA).

A. caudatus Linn.

Sukma. Khotele 10357.

A. spinosus Linn.

Common in waste lands. Khotele 2802, 5279, 6412,

8748.

A. tricolor Linn.

Bhainsgaon-Narainpur. Khotele 3148.

A. virdis Linn.

Nelsanar. Singh 4363.

Deeringia amaranthoides (Lam.) Merr.

Kondagaon. Khotele 6213.

Gomphrena celosioides Mast.

Dantewada, Tongpal. Saxena 1232; Singh 2300;

Khotele 6413, 6576.

** Psilotrichum trichotomum Bl.

Bijapur, Dornapal, Godantari-Kondagaon. Singh

2215, 7097; Khotele 5292.

POLYGONACEAE

* Polygonum rottleri Roth

Syn. P. flaccidum Meissn.

Amabeda. Khotele 8460. Local name: Bas.

P. serrulatum Lagasc.

Bispur. Khotele 10342.

P. stagninum Buch.-Ham.

Kirandul, Nelsnar, Narainpur. Singh 4211, 4378;

Khotele 3124, 8460. Local name: Magarlata, Urni-

lua, Kiker Kushir.

P. tomentosum Willd.

Dantewada, Sangam-Bhopalpatnam, Jagdalpur.

Khotele 8728, 11518; Singh 2489.

Lauraceae

Litsea glutinosa (Lour.) C.B. Robins.

Kangernala, Awapalli. Khotele 9400.

Euphorbiaceae

Acalypha indica Linn.

29

JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. 73

Kristaram. Singh 7135.

Bridelia montana Willd.

Sukma. Khoteie 10363.

Chrozophora prostrata Dalz.

Sukma. Saxena 5649.

** Cleistanthus patulus Muell.-Arg.

Purvakameli, Bailadilla. Khoteie 9013, 9058, 9062.

Euphorbia hypericifolia Linn.

Dantewada, Bhansi, Tongpal. Khoteie 2838, 7003;

Singh 6913. Local name: Bar pad Kushir.

E. prostrata Ait.

Darbha, Dudhawa. Saxena 1527; Saxena & Khoteie

1680, 1683; Khoele & Shukla 7244. Local name:

Dudhi.

Jatropha curcas Linn.

Budra, Tirathgarh. Saxena 1626, 5474. Local name:

Ranijad, Bajranga.

Phyllanthus asperulatus Hatch.

Syn. P. fraternus Webst.

Bhansi, Bispur. Saxena 1245, 1348; Khoteie &

Shukla 7303.

P. urinaria Linn.

Bijapur, Kutumsar, Bailadilla, Jagdalpur. Khoteie

2801, 6082; Singh 2213; Khoteie & Shukla 6427.

Ricinus communis Linn.

Keshkal, Kirandul, Bhanupratappur, Kosalnar-

Kondagaon. Saxena 1362; Khoteie 3439, 5277, 8827.

Utricaceae

Laportea interrupt a (Linn.) Chew.

Syn. Fleurya interrupta (Linn.) Wt.

Narainpur, Keshkal, Konta. Khoteie 3141; Khoteie

& Shukla 5370; Singh 7192.

Pilea microphylla Liebm.

Kondagaon, Jagdalpur. Khoteie 2812, 3087.

Pouzolzia auriculata Wight

Keshkal. Saxena & Khoteie 1806; Khoteie 5373.

Mo RACE AE

Ficus rumphii Bl.

Kosalnar-Kondagaon. Khoteie 5273. Local name:

Jodi.

F. tomentosa Roxb.

Mohpal-Pharasgaon. Khoteie 8533.

Morus indica Linn.

Keshkal. Khoteie & Shukla 5388.

Salicaceae

Salix tetrasperma Roxb.

Sukma, Korar, Geedam. Saxena 5642; Khoteie

8489, 10254. Local name: Named.

CERATOPH YLLACEAE

Ceratophyllum demersum Linn.

Manikpur, Kutru, Bhairamgarh. Saxena 1605;

Khoteie 9330. Local name : Jalbi. . .

Hydrocharitaceae

Hydrilla verticillata (Linn, f.) Royle

Bhiragaon. Khoteie 3103.

Orchidaceae

Acampe praemorsa (Roxb.) Blatt. & McCann

Syn. Saccolobium wightianum Hk. f.

Kirandul, Tirathgarh. Saxena 1459; Khoteie 8096.

Eulophia mackinonii Duthie

Kondagaon. Saxena & Khoteie 1855.

Habenaria marginata Colebr.

Bhainsgaon. Khoteie 3177.

ZlNGIBERACEAE

Curcuma angustifolia Roxb.

Darbha, Keshkal. Saxena 5444; Saxena & Khoteie

1809. Local name: Tikhur.

C. aromatica Salisb.

Kirandul. Khoteie 8080.

** C. pseudomontana Grah.

Amraoti, Kameli-Dantewada. Khoteie 2899, 6261.

Local name: Sirondi.

Globba racemosa Sm.

Bailadilla, Tongpal. Singh 6610; Khoteie 6562,

8077.

** Zingiber capitatum Roxb.

Bhopalpatnam, Antagarh, Bailadilla. Singh 2196,

4282; Khoteie 3359. Local name: Gerkan.

Z. rubens Rose.

Bhainsgaon, Korar. Khoteie 8493.

30

FLORA OF BASTAR

Amaryllidaceae

Agave americana Linn.

Kondagaon. Saxena & Khotele 1831. Local name:

Rambans, Khetki.

Taccaceae

Tacca leontopetaloides (Linn.) O. Ktze.

Kondagaon, Bijapur. Saxena & Khotele 1853,

2383. Local name: Dhongri, dhai.

Dioscoreaceae

Dioscorea alata Linn.

Narainpur. Khotele 4048. Local name: Bhainsd-

hate.

** D. wallichii Hk. f.

Dantewada. Saxena 1209.

Liliaceae

Asparagus gracilis Royle

Korar, Kutumsar. Khotele 2062; Khotele & Shukla

6421.

Chlorophytum laxum R. Br.

Tirathgarh. Saxena & Khotele 1880.

Iphigenia indica (Linn.) A. Gray

Antagarh, Keshkal. Khotele 3380, 5346.

Urginea indica (Roxb.) Kunth

Dantewada, Chhotedongar, Amraoti. Saxena 1226;

Khotele 5227; 6272.

PONTEDERACEAE

Monochoria vaginalis Presl.

Kondagaon: aquatic. Saxena & Khotele 1871.

COM MELINACEAE

Commelina forskalii Vahl

Jagdalpur. Khotele 3488.

* Murdannia vaginatum (Linn.) Bruck.

Dumarpak. Khotele 7211.

JUNCACEAE

Juncus prismatocarpus R. Br.

Tirathgarh. Saxena 5507.

Araceae

Arisaema tortuosum Schott

Keshkal, Kutumsar, Geedam, Dantewada, Kiran-

dul. Khotele 1798; Khotele & Shukla 5327, 7391;

Singh 2591, 6925, 6770. Local name: Dheskand,

Baggujri.

Remusatia vivipara (Lodd.) Schult.

Kirandul, Keshkal, Tirathgarh, Bailadilla. Saxena

1397; Saxena & Khotele 1810; Khotele 3205, 8058.

Theriophorum minutum Engl.

Tirathgarh, Kutumsar. Saxena & Khotele 1848;

Khotele & Shukla 6422.

Alismaceae

Butomopsis lanceolata Kunth.

Dantewada, Darbha, Bhairamgarh. Khotele 9322,

9577; Singh 2478.

Saggitaria guayanensis H.B.K.

Konta: aquatic. Singh 7106.

POTAMOGETONACEAE

* Potamogeton javanicus Hassk.

Bhaisgaon, Tirathgarh. Saxena 5488; Khotele 5100.

P. indicus Roxb.

Syn. P. nodosus Poir.

Bhairamgarh, Manikpur, Budra. Saxena 1604,

3424; Khotele 9375.

Aponogetonaceae

* Aponogeton natans (Linn.) Engl. & Krause

Syn. A. monostachyus Linn. f. (“ monostachyon ”)

Tongpal. Singh 7001.

Cyperaceae

Bulbostylis barbata (Rottb.) C.B. Cl.

Dantewada. Khotele 2878.

B. capillaris Kunth.

Dantewada. Khotele 2879.

Cyperus amabilis Vahl

Kondagaon. Khotele 3111.

C. digitatus Roxb.

Bhairagaon. Khotele 3104.

C. exaltatus Retz.

Kanker, Jharandelli, Tongpal. Khotele 2030, 3064;

Singh 7033. Local name: Bidya Tonda.

C. melanosperma (Nees) Suringar

Bacheli, Kirandul path. Singh 2521.

31

JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. 73

C. sanguinolentus Vahl

Darbha, Bispur. Khotele & Shukla 9588, 10343.

C. squarrosus Linn.

Darbha. Khotele & Shukla 7257.

C. tenuis pica Steud.

Syn. C. flavidus auct. non Retz. sensu C.B. Cl. in

FI. Brit. Ind.

Sukma, Geedam, Dantewada, Jagdalpur. Saxena

1178, 1181, 1184.

C. triceps (Rottb.) Engl.

Geedam, Amraoti, Kondagaon, Bengpal. Khotele

2877, 6279, 6203, 10354; Singh 2419.

Elaeocharis congesta D. Don

Darbha. Khotele 9564.

Fimbristylis argentea Vahl

Kutru-Bhairongarh. Khotele 9337.

F. littoralis Gaud.

Syn. F. miliacea sensu C.B. Cl. in FI. Brit. Ind.

Bodagaon, Geedam, Dumarpadav, Darbha, Bija-

pmy Kirandul. Khotele 3013, 9546, 11502; Khotele

& Shukla 7217, 7263; Singh 2357, 2526, 4339.

Local name: Kondibuti, Narhaghas.

Fuirena ciliaris (Linn.) Roxb.

Konta. Saxena 5704.

Rhynchospora longisetis R. Br.

Ranker, Konta. Khotele 2067; Singh 1779.

Scirpus erectus Poir.

Korar. Khotele 8442.

S. squarrosus Linn.

Bhopalpatnam, Darbha, Geedam, Sukma. Khotele

4337, 5085, 8762, 7259, 9365, 10277; Khotele & Shu-

kla 10365.

S. supinus Linn.

Geedam. Khotele 10273.

Scleria caricina (R. Br.) Benth.

Bispur. Khotele 10325.

Gramineae

Alloterospsis cimicina (Linn.) Stapf

Dantewada, Konta, Geedam, Darbha, Keshkal.

Khotele 2888, 9527; Singh 2237, 7173; Khotele &

Shukla 5331, 7261.

Bothriochloa glabra (Roxb.) A. Camus

Antagarh. Khotele 3384.

B. odorata (Lisboa) A. Camus

Antagarh. Khotele 3396,

Brachiaria reptans (Linn.) Gard. et C.E. Hubb.

Kutru, Bhairongarh, Kameli, Dantewada. Khotele

2824, 2893, 9338.

Chi oris dolichostachya Lagasc.

Sonpur. Khotele 5201.

Dichanthium aristatum (Poir.) C.E. Hubb.

Dantewada, Bhairamgarh. Saxena 1233; Khotele

9339.

Digitaria granularis (Trin.) Henr.

Darbha, Tirathgarh, Bispur, Bhaisgaon, Narain-

pur. Saxena 1896; Khotele & Shukla 7262, 7380;

Khotele 3176.

D. longifolia (Retz.) Pers.

Bhopalpatnam. Khotele 8766.

Eragrostiella bifaria Wight ex Steud.

Keshkal, Korar, Dantewada. Khotele 2006; Kho-

tele & Shukla 5358; Shukla 5356.

E. brachyphylla (Stapf) Bor

Tongpal, Bailadilla. Khotele 6572; Singh 6603.

Eragrostis tenuifolia Hochst. ex Steud.

Keshkal. Saxena 1698.

E. viscosa (Retz.) Trin.

Chhotedongar, Keshkal, Manikpur, Bailadilla,

Kondagaon. Saxena 1607; Singh 4290; Khotele 3419,

5215, 5282.

Eulalia trispicata (Schult.) Henr.

Kirandul. Singh 2559. Local name: Bhanaghas.

Hackelochloa granularis (Linn.) O. Ktze.

Marta, Keshkal, Kutumsar, Bhanupratappur. Korar,

Bispur. Singh 2377, 7171; Khotele & Shukla 5360,

6438; Khotele 2003, 3061.

lsachne globosa (Thunb.) O. Ktze.

Antagarh, Kirandul, Bhanupratappur, Geedam,

Bispur. Khotele 10391, 10392, 10322, 11310, 11509,

3048, 3555; Singh 2522. Local name: Bindu Rod-

aghas.

ll

Ischaemum nilagiricum Hack.

Sonpur. Khotele 5070.

Mnesithea laevis (Retz.) Kunth

Keshkal, Bastar. Khotele & Shukla 7202; Khotele

6230.

Panicum notatum Retz.

Keshkal, Narainpur, Kirandul, Bailadilla. Khotele

32

FLORA OF BASTAR

3156, 3476, 4042; Singh 2522, 4308. Local name:

Chhinghas.

P. paludosum Roxb.

Keshkal. Khotele & Shukla 7229.

P. psilopodium Trin.

Bispur, Tongpal, Bhairamgarh, Jagdalpur, Kam-

eli, Bailadilla. Khotele 3159, 6300, 6575, 8010; Kho-

tele & Shukla 7316; Singh 4291. Local name: Nan

Kousra.

P. sumattrense Roth

Jagdalpur, Geedam, Bispur, Bailadilla, Narainpur,

Bhanupratappur. Khotele 3489, 5095, 8092, 8552,

10262; Khotele & Shukla 7332; Singh 4324; Khotele

3489. Local name: Koshra, Kodoghas.

Paspalum orbiculare Forst.

Tirathgarh, Bastar. Khotele 8559, 8589.

Pseudo pogonatherum contortum (Brongn.) A.

Camus

Kirandul, Korar, Budra. Singh 2561; Khotele 3352,

3432. Local name: Bhirbhasighas.

Setaria verticellata (Linn.) P. Beauv.

Kutumsar. Khotele & Shukla 7388.

Sorghum cernnum Host.

Darbha. Khotele 10242.

Sporobolus indicus auct. non (Linn.) R. Br.

Amraoti. Khotele 6246.

S. tenuissimus (Schrank) O. Ktze.

Korar, Keshkal. Khotele 2064; Khotele & Shukla

5361.

Aspidiaceae

* Cyclosorus parasiticus (Linn.) Tardein ex Tardien

& C. Chr.

Syn. Dryopteris parasitica (Linn.) O. Ktze.

Bhansi, Kirandul. Saxena 1343; Singh 2544.

Aspleniaceae

** Asplenium dalhausiae Hook.

Syn. Ceterach dalhausiae (Hook.) C. Chr.

Bailadilla. Singh 4294.

Acknowledgements

We are grateful to the Director and to the

Assistant Director, Floristic Botany Division,

National Botanic Gardens, Lucknow; to the

Director, Botanical Survey of India, Calcutta;

to the President, F.R.I., Dehra Dun; to the

Officerdn-Charge, Botany Branch, F.R.I.,

Dehra Dun; to the Director, State Forest Re-

search Institute, Jabalpur; to the Regional

Botanist, Botanical Survey of India, Central

Circle, Allahabad; to the Conservator Forests,

Bastar Circle; and to Divisional Forest Officers

and staff of all Forest Divisions of Bastar for

their kind cooperation in various ways.

References

Arora, C. M. (1968) : The Botany of Bailadilla,

Bastar State, M.P. Bull. hot. Surv. India 10:61-66.

Jain, S. K. (1963) : Studies in Indian Ethnobot-

any-Plants used in medicine by the tribals of Mad-

hya Pradesh. Bull. Region. Res. Lab. Jammu 1: 126-

128.

— (1964) : Wild Plant-Foods of the Tri-

bals of Bastar (M.P.) Proc. nat. Inst. Sci, India.

30(B) : 56-80.

(1965) : Medicinal Plant Lore of the

tribals of Bastar. Econ. Bot. 79:236-250.

Mooney, H. F. (1942): A Sketch of the Flora

of the Bailadilla Range in Bastar State. Indian For.

Rec. (new series) 3:197-253.

Panigrahi, G. & Arora, C. M. (1965): Contri-

bution to the Botany of Madhya Pradesh. II. Proc.

nat. Acad. Sci. 35:87-98.

Panigrahi, G. & Verma, D. M. (1965) : ibid. III.

Proc. nat. Acad. Sci. 35:99-109.

Panigrahi, G., Arora, C. M., Verma, D. M. &

Singh, V. N. (1966) : ibid. I. Bull. bot. Surv. India.

5:117-125.

Panigrahi, G. & Prasad, R. (1966): ibid. IV.

Proc. nat. Acad. Sci. 36: 553-564.

& Singh, A. N. (1967): ibid. V.

Proc. nat. Acad. Sci. 37:77-104.

Ramlal & Panigrahi, G. (1967) : Contribution

to the Botany of Madhya Pradesh. VI. Bull. bot.

33

JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. 73

Surv. India. 9:262-267.

Shukla, U. & Panigrahi, G. (1967): Contribu-

tion to the Botany of Madhya Pradesh — VII. Bull,

bot. Surv. India. 9: 268-276.

Subramanyam, K. & Henry, A. N. (1966): Vas-

cular Plants of Madhya Pradesh. Bull. bot. Surv.

India. 5:207-215.

Tiwari, S. D. N. (1954-55): The Grasses of Mad-

hya Pradesh. Indian For. 80: 601-611, 681-689, 1954;

57:107-115, 191-200, 1955.

(1963) : Supplement to the Gras-

ses of Madhya Pradesh. Indian For. 59:595-602.

& Maheshwari, J. K. (1963):

The Orchids of Madhya Pradesh. Indian For. 89:

426-444.

(1964) : The Ferns of Madhya

Pradesh. J. Indian bot. Soc. 43:431-452.

(1964): The Cyperaceae of Mad-

hya Pradesh. Indian For. 99:147-158; 616-620.

(1965) : The Commelinaceae of

Madhya Pradesh. Indian For. 97:580-590.

Some observations on the ecology

of the land snail Ariophanta

maderaspatana (Gray)1

V. B. Masurekar

Institute of Science, Bombay 400 032

AND

M. S. Bagalkote

Elphinstone College, Bombay 400 032

(With two photographs in a plate)

Introduction

The terrestrial pulmonates to which Ariophanta

maderaspatana belongs inhabit open wood-

lands, parks, gardens, and similar habitats

where humid niches occur.

The species appears to be widely distributed

in South India and is also recorded along the

Western Ghats in places like Bombay, Math-

eran etc. In Bombay specimens of Ariophanta

could be collected from gardens on and near

about Malabar Hill and especially from the

Borivli National Park, 38 km north of Bom-

bay. Along with Ariophanta maderaspatana

specimens of A. bajadera and A. laevipes also

could be collected though not in large num-

bers.

The Environment

The hills in the National Park, 76.11

metres or more in height are covered with

moist deciduous forest, where Pterocarpus

marsupium, Bombax malabaricum (silk cot-

ton), Erythrina indica (Indian coral tree),

Alstonia scholaris (Devil tree or Shaitan),

Grewia tilii folia. (Phalsa), Schleichera trijuga

1 Accepted October 1973.

(Ceylon Oak) and Butea frondosa (Flame of

the Forest) are common.

The Gandhi Memorial or Pavilion hill situ-

ated near the entrance of the park is about

76.11 metres high and is covered with plants

like Holarrhena antidy sent erica (Kurchi),

Wrightia tinctoria (Kala Kurchi) and Casearia

tomentosa. The sides of the road from the

entrance of the park towards Gandhi Memo-

rial Hill, have trees like Bauhinia variegata

(Kachnar), Mangifera indica (Mango), Tec-

tona grandis (Teak) and grass and herbs in-

terspersed with tree seedlings. The area near

the road especially on the left side of the road

towards Gandhi Hill abounds in Ariophanta

maderaspatana. Comparatively few snails were

collected from the right side of the road, pro-

bably due to the fact that the left side of the

road is more shady and moist than the right.

The snail normally prefers such a habitat. Some

grasses belonging to the genera, Echinochloa,

Leptochloa, Fimbrystylis and Cyperus were

also commonly noticed in this area, especially

in flooded area. Numerous fungi and lichens

also grow on this moist, humus substratum,

preferred by Ariophanta and other land snails.

Ariophanta maderaspatana and the other

two species A. bajadera and A. laevipes and

JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. 73

slugs are never found close to water but rather

away from them where, the soil is always moist

and atmosphere humid. In and around these

ponds and streams in the Park are found other

gastropods like Lymnaea, Tropicarbis, Planor-

bis, Vivipara and Pi la.

Physical Properties of the Soil :

The soil of the National Park varies from

few inches deep gravely soil on the top of the

rocks to about five to six feet deep medium

brown to black soil in the lowland. The shal-

low soil is fit only for the growth of grasses.

At places where the soil is deep brown in col-

our and covered with large trees, it is generally

rich in humus and is preferred by the snail.

In places where the soil is loamy or reddish

and somewhat sandy snails rarely occur.

Water and air capacity of the soil is also

important both from the point of view

of growth of vegetation as well as from the

view point of hibernation or aestivation of

the snail.

It has been shown (Das 1950) that with

decrease of the water content of the soil due

to change in season there is a gradual increase

in air content. The large quantity of humus

and the shade afforded by the large trees grow-

ing in the deep brown soil prevent much eva-

poration of water from the soil. The soil in

grassland areas and the black loamy soil are

comparatively poor in their water and air ca-

pacity, whereas, the deep brown soil on which

large trees grow, has a better water and air

retaining capacity (Das, op. cit.).

CHEMICAL NATURE OF THE SOIL:

Soil samples from a depth of 6 inches to

9 inches were collected from number of spots

uniformly distributed and where the animals

were found in abundance. Standard analytical

methods, (Hesse 1971; Piper 1944) were fol-

lowed to determine the nature of the soil. The

results of the laboratory analysis of the soil

are given in Table 1.

Table 1

Soil analysis

* Common red earth used for gardening was also

tested for its calcium content, which was found to

be less than 0.5%.

CLIMATIC FACTORS:

1) Temperature :

Table 2, gives the monthly average of tem-

perature recorded at Santacruz, Bombay for

the last 3 years. The temperature does not

vary much from month to month and fluctu-

ations which occur from day to day are negli-

gible.

2) Rainfall :

Rainfall data recorded at the Meteorological

station, Santacruz, was obtained from the Col-

aba Observatory. The monthly averages of the

rainfall over a period of 3 years is given in

Table 2.

The rainy season usually commences by the

beginning of June and ends by middle of Octo-

ber or a little earlier. The early showers are

gentle and wet the soil only to a limited depth,

and give the natural vegetation, a great stimu-

lus for vigorous growth. Very young forms of

the snail are seen crawling on rocks and on

grassland during this period.

From December to May, the conditions are

ECOLOGY OF THE LAND SNAIL

dry. Most of the seasonal ground vegetation

starts wilting during this period and thus adds

a large amount of organic matter to the surface.

By the end of November before the ground

becomes very dry, the snail enters the soil for

aestivation and finally disappears from view.

3) Humidity :

The moisture present in the atmosphere of

an animal habitat depends largely on the rain-

fall, temperature and wind. Humidity thus

tends to remain fairly constant in patches of

thick vegetation and regions of deep shade.

either in loose, rich, reddish brown soil con-

taining particles of free chalk, or on rocks in

the vicinity of the soil, provided they are over-

grown with some grass or moss. Occasionally

the animals are seen on rocky slopes near flow-

ing streams.

Hesse et al. (1951), observed that land snails

with calcareous shells are especially abundant

on soil rich in lime. A certain amount of cal-

cium is of course present everywhere where

animals and plants live and as has been men-

tioned by Hyman (1967), Boycott (1934), there

Table 2

1969-1971

Monthly averages of the temperature, relative humidity and rainfall

is no clear cut division between calcareous and

non-calcareous soil. “As it happens, however,

the amount of CaC03 in soil (about 0.5%)

which gives a perceptible frizzle with acid in

the field seems to mark the level at which earth

begins to be ‘calcareous’ from snail’s point of

view”. (Boycott, op. cit.).

The soil of Borivli National Park, contains

about 1.7 per cent calcium. Calcium in the

form of CaC03 is essential for the secretion of

Table 2 for mean monthly relative humidity

over the period of 3 years shov/s that humi-

dity ranges from 83.6 to 73.6 per cent in the

period June to October, while from Novem-

ber to May, it ranges from 54.3 to 69.6 per

cent.

Discussion

1) Substratum :

Ariophanta maderaspatana lives successfully

37

JOURNAL , BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. 73

the shell. This calcium is obtained by the ani-

mal only through its food which is normally

in the form of humus, fungi and even fresh

leaves of plants growing in the soil.

This was confirmed by a few observations

made in the laboratory. For this purpose, young

snails were allowed to grow in the laboratory

on a substratum consisting of normal red earth

whose calcium content is usually less than

0.5 per cent. The snails were fed on bean and

pea seedlings grown in the same soil. As a

control experiment, snails almost of the same

size as used in the trial experiment, were allow-

ed to grow in the soil obtained from the Na-

tional Park. These snails were fed on fresh

leaves and humus obtained from the same area.

Fortnightly observations regarding growth

of the animal (size of shell) and fragility of

the shell were made for a period of four

months. Simple handling was enough to know

whether the shell was fragile or not.

It was observed that in the case of animals

grown in red earth, the growth is rather slow,

and the shell weaker and more fragile than in

the case of snails grown in the control experi-

ment.

The reason for the occurrence of Arioph -

anta in the calcareous soil thus becomes quite

apparent. It must however, be pointed out,

that snails can obtain CaC03 required for the

shell secretion only through the food i.e. plant

leaves, humus and fungi. Boycott (1934) and

Robertson (1941) have shown that the thick-

ness and weight of the shell is directly depen-

dent on the amount of calcium.

2) Habitat :

For a terrestrial pulmonate such as A. ma-

deraspatana the shelter must always be damp

and provide nooks and crannies into which it

can retire in times of stress and into which it

can escape drought and cold. Trampling by

men and animals makes the ground firm and

destroys its surface porosity, a condition natu-

rally harmful. Ariophanta therefore inhabits

grounds which are normally away from such

influences and is often found near the base of

the trees (Photo. 1 and 2) where the soil is

moist, soft and rich in nutrients because of the

thick layer of humus. Areas underneath large

stones, logs of wood and fallen twigs are re-

servoirs of dampness and provide safe retreat.

3) Moisture :

The dampness of the habitat determines the

amount of time a mollusc can spend in feed-

ing and breeding (Boycott 1934). It is well

known that snails and slugs walk on a film of

thin mucus and use up water in the process.

The loss of water is said to be restored, when

the animals eat or drink (Boycott 1934). There

is also a loss of water from the skin, which

varies with the humidity of the air and once

a snail is dehydrated beyond a certain thres-

hold it becomes immobilised and finally dies.

Ariophanta is therefore seen walking around

its habitat at night or in the early morning

when there is dew or in the wet weather. The

soil covered by some grasses and other seasonal

herbs and shaded by the overlying tree crowns,

remains moist for number of days even after

the monsoon and forms an ideal habitat for

the snail till about middle of November.

4) pH of the Soil :

Table 1, shows that the pH of the soil in-

habited by A. maderaspatana is about 7.6. This

is in conformity with the calcareous nature of

the soil. During its normal life, barring aesti-

vation, the animal rarely burrows in the soil

and thus is unlikely to be affected by the change

in pH.

It has been reported (Burch 1955) that land

snails are most abundant at pH 6.3 to 6.7.

However, Ariophanta seems to favour a pH

which is slightly on the alkaline side.

38

J. Bombay nat. Hist. Soc. 73 Plate

Masurekar & Bagalkote: Ariophanta maderaspatana

Fig. 1. Photograph showing the natural habitat of Fig. 2. Photograph showing the snails climbing up

Ariophanta maderaspatana. (2 animals encircled. plant to avoid drowning during rains.

Black arrow showing the epiphragm).

ECOLOGY OF THE LAND SNAIL

5) Rainfall and Humidity :

The premonsoon showers towards the end

of May bring out the aestivating snails. The

subsequent monsoon from June to September

besides keeping the soil moist during the period

of animal’s life, causes a luxuriant growth of

many herbs, grasses and seedlings in the shade

of the trees. Such a vegetation besides provid-

ing fresh leaves to the animals, ultimately adds

to the humus on the substratum.

Even though rains provide a favourable

background as far as moisture and food of the

animal are concerned, excess of water on the

substratum sometimes caused by flooding dur-

ing this season, is harmful. If a snail is accid-

entally caught in such a flood, the pulmonary

aperture (pneumostome) gets blocked and the

animal gets asphyxiated and finally drowns.

Further, if a snail falls in water its mucus be-

comes diluted and the animal is unable to

crawl out. Ariophanta, therefore, usually seeks

shelter from heavy rains. When it is raining

for a sufficiently long time, the animals are

often found climbing up the trees (Photo. 2)

in the neighbourhood, to avoid drowning.

It has been observed that humidity plays

an invaluable role in breeding habits of this

snail. This can be seen from the fact that dur-

ing the period of high humidity (June-Octo-

ber) (Table 2), the species thrives better,

grows faster and breeds twice. As soon as the

relative humidity goes down from November

onwards, the animal stops breeding and under-

goes aestivation.

6) Light and Temperature :

Observations show that Ariophanta maderas-

patana rarely moves and feeds in the open

after 8 o’clock in the morning when there is

bright sunlight.

Table 2, shows that the range of maximum

temperature for the area is 29.3°C-33.7°C and

of the minimum temperature 26.6°C to 16.2°C.

The proximity of the sea and the presence of

water vapour in the air makes the climate

equable even during winter. The temperature

of the area thus does not seem to have much

influence on the activity or abundance of the

snail. The animal however avoids direct ex-

posure to heat and light and normally frequents

shady places where the temperature is gene-

rally low.

Food and Feeding Habits

These were studied by field observations as

well as by studying the gut contents. Basically

Ariophanta maderaspatana, can be considered

as herbivorous, though often the gut contents

occasionally reveal the presence of small in-

sects, pieces of earthworms etc. The animal

normally eats decayed remains of the higher

plants, fungi and some mosses. It also eats

fresh leaves of most of the herbaceous plants

in the area and does not appear to be parti-

cularly selective in its choice of food. In labo-

ratory, the animals were fed on cabbage, let-

tuce and carrots, all of which were readily

accepted. Feaves of trees are seldom eaten,

primarily because of the height at which the

foliage is situated. The animals though they

climb such trees to seek shelter during heavy

rains, were never seen to go beyond a height

of 12-15 ft. Some wild plants in the area are

seldom eaten by snails like Ariophanta pos-

sibly because of the fact that many of them are

usually protected by hair, oxalate crystals or

by juice which is offensive to snails (Hyman

1967).

Sometimes the snail attacks many of the or-

namental plants in the park and spoils them.

Mosses and algae growing on rocks and tree

bases, are also not spared by the animal as can

be seen from their characteristic feeding tracks.

Seedlings of Brassica indica and Madhuca in -

39

JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. 73

dica seem to be relished by the snail.

The snail also appears to be fond of a parti-

cular type of grass (Coix iacryma-jobi) . Dur-

ing the rainy season this grass grows in the

shade of large trees like Erythrina indica and

Bauhinia variegata, and the snail is therefore

found in abundance near about the base of

the trees (Photo. 1 and 2). Pieces of earth-

worms, insects etc., found in the gut contents

seem to be ingested from the dead remains

of these animals, mixed with the decaying

vegetation. The snails were never noticed feed-

ing on live animals. In the feeding experiments

conducted in the laboratory, it was found that

the animal never touched small earthworms

introduced into the soil. As far as food is con-

cerned, A. maderaspatana does not seem to

have competition except from the other two

species of Ariophanta and some slugs.

Enemies :

Birds seem to be the main predators of Ario-

phanta though lizards and snakes may some-

times eat the snail. The birds especially the

crows hunt for snails in vegetation, grasp it by

the rim of the shell aperture, carry it on to a

rock or any substratum, bang it on the rock

until the upper whorls break and the colu-

mella cracks and then extract the snail body

which is wiped on the ground a few times and

then swallowed whole. The sluggish ways, her-

bivorous and sometimes omnivorous eating

habits make land pulmonates easy victims of

many parasites. Many ciliate species are found

in the digestive tract of A. maderaspatana. A

single nematode parasite was also recorded

from the digestive tract.

Human Influence :

The National Park is regularly visited by

hundreds of picnic parties and other people in

large numbers. These frequent visits, some-

times result in trampling of ground in which the

eggs of the snails are deposited or in which

young snails are aestivating. At present the

snails are restricted to the hill forest on either

side of the road which leads to the Gandhi

Memorial Hill. Since last year, however, con-

struction activity has started in the area around

the road to Gandhi Hill. A number of trees

are being cut and the vegetation growing in

the shade is thus being seriously affected. A

few collections were made in June and July of

1972 to find out the effect of these activities on

the snail population and it seems to have been

greatly affected when compared with the ob-

servations for the two years 1970 and 1971,

the period of the present study.

■

ACK NOWLEDGE M E N TS

We wish to express our thanks to Shri Sub-

hash G. Bagalkote for his assistance during

field work and to Shri M. D. Moledina for his

assistance in photography.

40

ECOLOGY OF THE LAND SNAIL

References

Boycott, A. (1934) : Habitats of land Mollusca

in Britain. Jour. Ecol. 22:1-38.

Burch, J. B. (1955): Some ecological factors of

the soil affecting the distribution and abundance of

land snails in eastern Virginia. Nautilus 69:6 2-69.

Das, R. B. (1950) : Ecological survey of the

Kanheri National Park, Bombay. Thesis for Ph.D.

Bombay University.

Hesse, R., Allee, W . C. & Schmidt, K. P.

(1951) : Ecological Animal Geography, pp. 597.

Translation and revised edition on Hesse 1924. J.

Wiley, New York.

Hesse, P. R. (1971) : A text book of soil chemi-

cal analysis. London, John Murey, xxiii + 820 p;

Eds. 1971.

Hyman, L. H. (1967) : The Invertebrates, Vol.

VI, Mollusca. McGraw Hill Book Company.

Piper, C. A. (1944) : Soil and Plant Analysis.

Adelaide, University of Adelaide. XIV, 368 p. illus.

Robertson, J. D. (1941): The function and me-

tabolism of calcium in the invertebrates. Biol. Revs.

Cambridge, Phil. Soc. 16.

41

Birds of Goa1

!

Robert B. Grubh and Salim Ali

Very little published information is available

on the bird life of Goa during its occupancy

by the Portuguese. Even after independence no

work appears to have been done. Therefore

Shri S. S. Bhattee (Conservator of Forests, Goa,

Daman & Diu) invited the Bombay Natural

History Society to conduct an ornithological

survey. Accordingly a team of five consisting

of Shri J. D. Panday, R. J. Pimento, M. U.

Mahadik and ourselves made a brief field sur-

vey for 16 days, from 27th November to 12th

December 1972.

Since the survey was so brief, only a rather

superficial sampling of the total area could be

done. Field work was confined mainly to 3 of

the more forested localities, namely Molem,

Canacona and Valpoi. It consisted of record-

ing of species by observation and collecting

specimens when necessary. 150 specimens of

100 species were collected and an additional

54 species sight recorded.

The following list is obviously incomplete.

It does not include many other species which

must certainly occur in Goa either as residents

or as migrants, and it is hoped that a further

more extensive survey will be possible for the

record to be completed. For lists of birds that

have been recorded in the adjoining areas

see, for North Kanara, Davidson, J. (1898):

JBNHS 2 parts, Vols. 11 and 12; for Karna-

taka, Salim Ali (1942-43): ibid. 5 parts. Vols.

43 and 44.

1 Accepted December 1975.

Physiography

•

Goa is a tract of undulating country on the

western seaboard of India, wedged between

the Arabian Sea on the west and the Sahyadri

range (Western Ghats) on the east. It lies bet-

ween latitudes 14°53' and 15°48' N„ and longi-

tudes 73°45' and 74°24' E., and covers an area

of 3370 square kilometres (imperial gazetteer

of India Vol. 12, p. 249). The State abuts on

the Savantvadi taluka of Ratnagiri district

(Maharashtra) in the north, and on the Dhar-

war district of Karnataka on the east and

south. The crest of the Sahyadri range running

N-S virtually forms the entire eastern bound-

ary. Luxuriant evergreen and semi- evergreen

forests occur in deep gorges and ravines in the

northeastern and southeastern portions adjoin-

ing Karnataka. Tree growth is mostly stunted

on the precipitous hillsides. The rainfall in this

forest (zone varies between 5100 and 7600 mm

per annum, all during the SW monsoon. Under

the erstwhile Portuguese regime the zone of

evergreens was classified as “A” class forest

and far sightedly preserved “for regulation

of the climate and water flow, and conservation

of soil in the hill tracts.” Moist-deciduous for-

ests, mostly secondary and degraded, occur

along the foothills of the Sahyadris. They were

classified as the “B” type, and being more ac-

cessible were exploited, often wastefully, for

commercial timber and fuel. Class “C” forests

— also Moist-deciduous, but occurring around

villages and habitations — were earmarked for

the domestic requirements of the local popu-

BIRDS OF GOA

lation: for agricultural purposes, firewood, leaf

fodder for cattle, and for cumeri or shifting

cultivation. Vast areas of excellent forest every-

where in Goa, especially on the higher hill

slopes, have been ruined and rendered unpro-

ductive by this pernicious practice.

Wildlife

As a result of official encouragement, and

even incentives, given to hunters during the

Portuguese colonial administration the forests

have been effectively denuded of all wildlife,

especially mammals. Birds of Prey and other

large birds. During a week’s survey of the

forested area at Molem — now hopefully esta-

blished as a wildlife sanctuary — not a single

large mammal was heard or seen — not even

any spoor — except one Giant Squirrel ( Ratufa ).

The entire Molem, Carranzol and Neterlim

valleys adjoining Karnataka were completely

dead though densely covered with magnificent

semi- evergreen and moist-deciduous forest.

Wild animals such as gaur, sambar and pig

are said occasionally to stray in from across

the border, from Dandeli Wildlife Sanctuary

of Karnataka, and with adequate protection

the Forest Department hopes to rehabilitate

these and other species here. The only other

wild mammal seen during the Survey was a

leopard cat ( Felis bengalensis) that had been

shot anonymously and propped up in the mid-

dle of a forest road in the Canacona area!

Large areas of degraded forest at Valpoi and

elsewhere have been clear felled by the Forest

Department and planted with teak, rubber,

eucalyptus, cocoa and cashew, and the impact

of this intrusion, mostly exotics, on indigenous

bird life will repay careful monitoring.

An excursion was made to the top of Vagheri

in Valpoi taluka, just under 1000 m and said

to be the highest hill in Goa. This was specially

in order to establish whether or not the plant

genus Rubus (brambles) and its symbiotic

bird genus Garrulax (laughing thrushes) also

occur in Goa as both do in the Kerala ranges

a couple of hundred metres above this eleva-

tion. While bracken ( Pteridium sp.) another

regular member of this plant-bird association,

was plentiful near the top, there was no sign

of Rubus or Garrulax although otherwise the

biotope seemed eminently appropriate.

Systematic list

The measurements of the specimens collect-

ed, are given in the following order: Body

weight (in grams), wing length, bill, tarsus,

and tail (in mm). Bill has been measured from

skull. Unless otherwise stated, all the species

recorded are within their known geographical

range of distribution. Subspecies are given

only for the birds actually collected and ex-

amined, although it is unlikely that the identity

of the others would be different from those

of better worked adjoining areas.

1. Ardeola grayii (Sykes) Pond Heron

Noted : Molem, Canacona

2. Bubulcus ibis (Linnaeus) Cattle Egret

Noted: Valpoi

3. Elanus caeruleus (Desfontaines) Black-

winged Kite

Noted: Maem, Molem

4. Pernis ptilorhynchus ruficollis Lesson

Crested Honey Buzzard

Collected: Canacona cfl050g. c. 440,

42 52 263.

Dark and pale tail bands of equal breadth,

and the wing-tail index less than 65 (i.e.

60).

5. Milvus mi grans (Boddaert) Pariah Kite

Noted in urban areas.

6. Haliastur indus (Boddaert) Brahminy Kite

Noted: Maem Lake environs

7. Accipiter badius dussumieri (Temminck)

43

JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. 73

Shikra

Collected : Molem, Valpoi

d — 183 — — 138

$ 233 g 195 21 54 154

Elsewhere noted: Canacona

8. Accipiter trivirgatus (Temminck) Crested

Goshawk

Noted : Molem

9. Butastur teesa (Franklin) White-eyed

Buzzard-Eagle

Collected: Molem

$ 450 g 305 30 67 164

Elsewhere noted: Maem Lake environs,

Canacona

10. Ictinaetus malayensis (Temminck) Black

Eagle

Noted : Canacona

11. Gyps bengalensis (Gmelin) Whitebacked

Vulture

Noted : Canacona

12. Spilornis cheeJa melanotis (Jerdon) Penin-

sular Serpent Eagle

Collected : Molem

d 1200 g 416 42 101 258

13. Pandion haUaetus (Linnaeus) Osprey

Noted : Canacona

14. Falco peregrinus peregrinator Sundevall

Shahin Falcon

Noted : Molem

15. Falco tinnunculus interstinctus McClelland

Kestrel

Collected : Molem

d 150 g 259 21 42 171

Elsewhere noted : Canacona

Although the specimen is in subadult

plumage it is paler than other subspecies

in subadult plumage.

16. Coturnix coturnix (Linnaeus) Grey Quail

Noted: Valpoi

17. Galloperdix spadicea (Gmelin) Red Spur-

fowl

Noted: Various localities

18. Gallus sonneratii Temminck

Grey Junglefowl

Noted : Molem, Canacona

19. Turnix suscitator (Gmelin) Common

Bustard-Quail

Noted : Various localities

20. Amaurornis phoenicurus (Pennant)

Whitebreasted Waterhen

Noted : Canacona

21. Fulica atm Linnaeus Coot

Noted : North Goa

22. Vanellus indicus (Boddaert) Redwattled

Lapwing

Noted : Molem, Canacona

23. Tringa ochropus Linnaeus

Green Sandpiper

Noted: Maem Lake

24. Gelochelidon nilotica (Gmelin) Gullbilled

Tern

Noted: North Goa

25. Treron pompadora affinis (Jerdon) Grey-

fronted Green Pigeon

Collected: Valpoi

d 146 g 142 20 23 moult

$ 153 g 144 20 22 82

Elsewhere noted: Molem, Canacona

26. Ducula badia (Raffles) Imperial Pigeon

Noted : Canacona

27. Columba livia Gmelin Blue Rock Pigeon

Noted : Canacona

28. Columba elphlnstonii (Sykes) Nilgiri

Wood Pigeon

Collected : Molem

o? 340 g 203 28 26 157

Elsewhere noted: Canacona

29. Streptopelia orientalis erythrocepkala

Bonaparte Rufous Turtle Dove

Noted: Maem Lake environs, Molem

30. Streptopelia chinensis (Scopoli) Rufous

Turtle Dove

Noted : Maem Lake environs, Molem

31. Streptopelia senegalensis (Linnaeus)

44

BIRDS OF GOA

Little Brown Dove

Noted : Canacona

32. Chalcophaps indica (Linnaeus) Emerald

Dove

Noted : Molem

33. Psittacula cyanocephala cyanocephala

(Linnaeus) Blossomheaded Parakeet

Collected : Molem

c?69g 140 18 (from cere) c. 11 219

$ 63 g 130 17 (from cere) c. 1 1 150

Elsewhere noted : Canacona

34. Psittacula columboides (Vigors) Blue-

winged Parakeet

Noted: Canacona, Molem. Generally com-

mon.

35. Loriculus vernalis (Sparrman) Lorikeet

Noted : Valpoi

36. Cuculus micropterus Gould Indian

Cuckoo

Noted : Canacona

37. Eudynamys scolopacea scolopacea

(Linnaeus) Koel

Collected : Canacona

c? 162 g 193 31 34 198

Elsewhere noted: Molem

38. Centropus sinensis parroti Stresemann

Crow-pheasant

Collected : Molem

$ 312 g 195 43 57 255

Elsewhere noted : Canacona

39. Glaucidium radiatum (Tickell) Barred

Owlet

Noted: Maem Lake environs, Molem,

Canacona, Valpoi

40. Eurostopodus macrotis (Vigors) Great

Eared Nightjar

Noted: Valpoi. The characteristic whist-

ling whi-wheeew calls were regularly heard

in the evening at dusk.

41. Caprimulgus indicus indicus Latham

Jungle Nightjar

Collected : Valpoi

cf 60 g 189 24 14 125

By plumage and measurements it is dif-

ficult to differentiate indicus from the closely

resembling neighbouring race kazarae without

a series.

42. Caprimulgus macrurus atripennis Jerdon

Longtailed Nightjar

Collected : Canacona

cf 74 g 186 24 19 131

43. Chaetura sylvatica (Tickell) Whiterump-

ed Spinetail Swift

Collected : Molem

o? 13 g 113 9 10 35

44. Cypsiurus parvus (Lichtenstein) Palm

Swift

Noted : Molem

45. Hemiprocne longipennis (Rafinesque)

Crested Tree Swift

Noted: Molem, Canacona, feeding parties

over forest with characteristic whit-tuck

calls.

46. Harpactes fasciatus malabaricus (Gould)

Malabar Trogon

Collected : Molem, Canacona

cf 64 g 125 20 15 158

2 $ $ 60 g, 64 g, 123,125 20,21 16,16 158,

166

Call, a deliberate unhurried cue-cue-cue,

three or four times repeated.

47. Alcedo atthis taprobana Kleinschmidt

Small Blue Kingfisher

Collected : Molem

$ 23 g 69 42 10 30

48. Alcedo meninting ssp? Blue-eared King-

fisher

Collected: Canacona, Molem

c?25g 71 44 11 31

9 28 g 71 43 9 31

By distribution and characters this speci-

men falls in ssp. coltarti Baker, but there is no

way of distinguishing it from rufigaster. Hum-

ay un Abdulali ( JBNHS <54:174) has already

45

JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. 73

indicated that it is difficult to separate rufigas-

ter from coltarti.

49. Halcyon smyrnensis (Linnaeus) White-

breasted Kingfisher

Noted: Maem Lake, Molem, Canacona

50. Merops leschenaulti leschenaulti Vieillot

Chestnutheaded Bee-eater

Collected : Molem

9 24 g 108 39 12 81

Elsewhere noted: Maem environs

51. Merops philippinus Linnaeus Bluetailed

Bee-eater

Noted: Maem Lake, near Bicholim, small

numbers.

52. Merops orientalis Latham Little Green

Bee-eater

Noted: Molem, Canacona

53. Nyctyornis athertoni (Jardine & Selby)

Bluebearded Bee-eater

Noted : Molem ( JDP)

54. Coracias garrulus semenowi Loudon &

Tschudi Kashmir Roller

Collected: Canacona 7 Dec. 1972

9(imm) 120 g 190 40 24 124

An immature solo, apparently a straggler.

Remiges and primary coverts freshly moulted.

Rectrices and body plumage very worn. One

of the two southernmost records from peninsu-

lar India, the earlier being from Karwar im-

mediately south of Goa.

55. Coracias benghalensis ssp? Roller or

Blue Jay

Collected : Molem

$ 115 g 175 38 26 122

Elsewhere noted : Canacona

Nuchal collar is entirely absent, and it is

lighter green on the upperparts than the sub-

species indica. This specimen is not distinguish-

able from the northern race bengalensis. How-

ever, according to the range arbitrarily fixed,

the specimen should be considered as indica.

Commonly seen singly on telegraph wires.

56. Upupa epops ssp? Hoopoe

Collected : Molem

o? 59 g Wing — Bill 56 Ts 25 Th-

in plumage and measurements the speci-

men agrees with the subspecies epops Linnaeus

as well as with saturata Lonnberg. There is no

character distinct enough to separate epops

from saturata. Ali & Ripley (handbook 4:

127) consider saturata as of questionable vali-

dity.

Elsewhere noted: Canacona

57. Tockus griseus griseus (Latham) Mala-

bar Grey Hornbill

Collected : Molem

cT 336 g 210 102 42 229

Elsewhere noted : Canacona

Dipping flight in silhouette very like Nyc-

tyornis or Megalaima Virens.

58. Anthracoceros coronatus coronatus

(Boddaert) Malabar Pied Hornbill

Collected : Molem

9 1000 g 310 204 (from forehead) 160

(from gape) 51 310

Elsewhere noted : Canacona.

Orbital skin, cheek pads and gular skin

pinkish creamy white. Bill creamy white. 2/3

of casque (terminal) and patch at base of lower

mandible black.

59. Buceros bicornis Linnaeus Great Pied

Hornbill

Noted : Molem

Party of 3 (RJP) Canacona

60. Megalaima zeylanica inornata Walden

Large Green Barbet

Collected : Molem

d 123 g 123 36 30 71

61. Megalaima viridis (Boddaert)

Small Green Barbet

Collected : Molem

$ 84 g 100 26 27 59

62. Megalaima rubricapilla malabarica (Blyth)

Crimsonthroated Barbet

46

V

BIRDS OF GOA

Collected : Molem

$ 38 g 82 18 21 38

In evergreen forest. Call like haemace-

phala, but faster in tempo.

63. Micropternus brachyurus jerdonii (Mal-

herbe) Rufous Woodpecker

Collected : Molem

cf 108 g 130 30 23 69

Elsewhere noted : Canacona

64. Dinopium benghalense puncticolle (Mal-

herbe) Goldenbacked Woodpecker

Collected: Canacona

cf 132 g 149 44 26 tail moult

The southern birds have been separated

into two races; puncticolle having orange-yel-

low back and tehminae having golden olive-

yellow back. However, it is hard to place this

specimen or many others in the BNHS collec-

tion, obtained from various regions, under

either of the races with certainty as the extent

of gold and orange on the back is highly vari-

able and not restricted to birds from any one

area.

65. Dryocopus javensis (Horsfield)

Great Black Woodpecker

Noted: Molem (JDP), Canacona

66. Picoides nanus hardwickii (Jerdon)

Browncrowned Pigmy Woodpecker

Collected : Molem

$ 15 g 75 16 15 35

Elsewhere noted : Valpoi

57. Hemicircus canente (Lesson)

Heartspotted Woodpecker

Collected: Molem and Canacona

2tf <? 35, 38 g 93, 96 23, 24

19, 19 33, 34

$ 30 g 92 19 17 34

Elsewhere noted: Molem: Pairs, Cana-

cona : Common

)8. Chrysocolaptes lucidus chersonesus Kloss

Larger Goldenbacked Woodpecker

Collected: Valpoi

2$ $ 163, 164 g 152, 157 46, 49

31, 32 80, 82

This race has been separated from sulta-

neus and guttacristatus by the intensity of

yellow and olive on the back. However,

these specimens and others in the BNHS

collection vary considerably in the extent

of coloration inconsistent with the locality.

69. Calandrella cinerea (Gmelin)

Short-toed Lark

Noted: Canacona, in flocks

70. Galerida malabarica (Scopoli)

Malabar Crested Lark

Collected: Canacona

cf31g 98 16 23 54

71. Hirundo rupestris Scopoli

Crag Martin

Noted : Valpoi

Distinguished from Dusky Crag Martin

in overhead flight by pale underparts con-

trasting with blackish under tail-coverts.

72. Hirundo rustica Linnaeus Swallow

Noted: Panaji

73. Hirundo daurica Linnaeus Striated Swal-

low

Noted: Molem. Abundant on telegraph

wires. Rump whitish. Subspecies rufula or

nipalensis

74. Lanius schach caniceps Blyth

Rufousbacked Shrike

Collected : Molem

c?28 g 89 21 28 —

Elsewhere noted: Maem environs, Cana-

cona.

75. Lanius cristatus cristatus Linnaeus

Brown Shrike

Collected : Molem

c?32 g 89 19 26 85

76. Oriolus oriolus kundoo Sykes

Golden Oriole

Collected : Molem

c?60 g 142 31 24 —

47

JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. 73

Elsewhere noted: Canacona

77. Oriolus xanthornus (Linnaeus)

Blackheaded Oriole

Noted : Molem, Canacona

78. Dicrurus adsimilis (Bechstein)

Black Drongo

Collected: Molem

c?49 g 151 23 22

Tail central 153 outer 103

Two subspecies are recognized from In-

dia: Dicrurus adsimilis albirictus and Dicru-

rus adsimilis macrocercus, separated only on

size. The former (northern) has wing 145-165

and the latter (peninsular) 130-145. Perhaps

if more specimens with such long wings can

be obtained from the south we might be able

to group all the Indian populations in a single

dine. Alternatively there may be a certain

amount of migration from the north into

peninsular India in winter, and the above speci-

men may be one of such migrants.

79. Dicrurus leucophaeus longicaudatus Hay

Grey Drongo

Collected : Molem

$ 37 g 128 27 19 88/143

Elsewhere noted: Canacona, in a mixed

foraging party in forest.

Measurements of the races overlap and

hence in the absence of a series only the area

of collection, which is within the known win-

tering range, has been taken as the criterion

for identification.

80. Dicrurus caerulescens caerulescens

(Linnaeus) Whitebellied Drongo

Collected : Molem

36-40 g 123-131 25-26 19-21

110-122

Elsewhere noted : Canacona

81. Dicrurus aeneus aeneus Vieillot

Bronzed Drongo

Collected : Canacona

o? 23 g 113 23

Elsewhere noted : Molem

82. Dicrurus hottentottus hottentottus

(Linnaeus) Haircrested Drongo

Collected : Canacona, Valpoi

2dV 81,82 g 165(2) 39,41 26,27

119,124 134,138

The bill measurements quoted from Vaurie

in Indian handbook (5:133) as 26-30 mm

for males are wrongly stated to be ‘from skulk;

actually they are ‘from feathers’. SA. meas-

ures bill ‘from skull’ of his own specimens as

6cf d 39-43, 8 $ $ 36-42

83. Dicrurus paradiseus paradiseus Linnaeus

Large Racket-tailed Drongo

Collected: Molem

d80g 154 32 28 racket feathers

missing (moult?)

o? 84 g 163 36 28 420

Elsewhere noted : Canacona

84. Sturnus malabaricus (Gmelin)

Greyheaded Myna

Noted: Maem environs, flock c. 30. The

flock contained some unmistakable examples of

the white-headed form blythii. Panaji.

85. Acridotheres tristis (Linnaeus)

Indian Myna

Noted: Canacona and elsewhere — parti-

cularly around habitations.

86. Acridotheres fuscus (Wagler)

Jungle Myna

Noted: Canacona

87. Dendrocitta vagabunda (Latham)

Tree Pie

Noted: Maem Lake environs; Molem,

Canacona.

88. Corvus splendens Vieillot House Crow

Noted: Molem, Canacona, Panaji. Abun-

dant. Vast roosting congregations in trees

around the Circuit House and in Panaji

city, whitening the ground below.

89. Corvus macrorhynchos Wagler

Jungle Crow

17 90/105

BIRDS OF GOA

Noted : Molem, Canacona, Maem and

Bicholim environs. Commoner than splen-

dens around outlying hamlets.

90. Hemipus picatus picatus (Sykes)

Pied Flycatcher-Shrike

Collected : Canacona

cf 9 g 60 15 12 56

91. Tephrodornis gularis sylvicola Jerdon

Large Wood Shrike

Collected : Canacona

$ 41 g 114 28 20 83

o?41 g 114 28 20 80

92. Tephrodornis pondicerianus (Gmelin)

Common or Lesser Wood Shrike

Noted: Maem Lake environs. Molem,

Canacona

93. Coracina novaehollandiae (Gmelin)

Large Cuckoo-Shrike

Noted : Canacona

94. Coracina melanoptera sykesi (Strickland)

Blackheaded Cuckoo-Shrike

Collected : Molem

o? 30 g 108 20 — —

Elsewhere noted : Canacona

95. Pericrocotus flammeus flammeus

(Forster) Orange Minivet

Collected : Molem

d'26g 92 19 17 80

Elsewhere noted: Canacona, in mixed

foraging parties in forest.

96. Pericrocotus roseus roseus (Vieillot)

Rosy Minivet

Collected : Canacona

9 18 g 81 17 15 82

No yellow except on the speculum, tail,

and under wing-coverts. Probably an immature

bird. There is no record from or around Goa.

Recorded as occasional winter visitor in Ma-

harashtra, Kerala and Madhya Pradesh.

97. Pericrocotus cinnamomeus malabaricus

(Gmelin) Small Minivet

Collected : Valpoi

d'lOg 67 13 16 68

An immature bird whose racial status has

been decided only by range.

Elsewhere noted: Molem, Canacona

98. Aegithina tiphia deignani Hall Iora

Collected : Canacona

cf 15 g 65 19 19 47

Subspecific status decided by range. Plu-

mage and measurements are not markedly

different from other subcontinental races.

Elsewhere noted : Molem

99. Chloropsis aurifrons frontalis (Pelzeln)

Goldfronted Chloropsis

Collected : Molem

9 30 g 88 20 16 60

Elsewhere: Canacona. In mixed foraging

parties in forest. Subspecies based on known

and arbitrarily fixed range of distribution,

though the specimen is somewhat smaller.

100. Chloropsis cochinchinensis jerdoni

(Blyth) Jerdon’s Chloropsis

Collected : Canacona

cf 30 g 92 24 19 71

9 26 g 84 24 19 65

The male appears immature as the throat

is only patchily black and without the yellow-

ish penumbra.

101. Irena puella puella (Latham)

Fairy Bluebird

Collected : Molem

cf 66 g 123 29 19 97

9 57 g 121 26 20 96

Elsewhere noted: Canacona, in mixed

foraging parties in forest.

102. Pycnonotus priocephalus (Jerdon)

Greyheaded Bulbul

Collected : Molem, Canacona

4cf cf 21-28 76-77 15-17 16(4) 72-80

The chin colour (black) is restricted in

all the four specimens and does not extend to

the throat as in some examples in the BNHS

collection. But this character is not consistent.

49

JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. 73

and both types are found within more or less

the same geographical range.

103. Pycnonotus melanicterus gularis (Gould)

Ruby throated Yellow Bulbul

Collected : Molem

18,22 g 75,80 15(2) 15,17 70,76

2$ $ 15,19 72,73 15(2) 16,17 69(1)

Elsewhere noted : Canacona

The occurrence of this bulbul in Goa,

questioned in the Indian handbook (6:73), is

now confirmed.

104. Pycnonotus jocosus juscicaudatus

(Gould) Redwhiskered Bulbul

Collected : Molem

cf 28 g 85 20 22 80

Elsewhere noted: Canacona, Maem

105. Pycnonotus cafer (Linnaeus)

Redvented Bulbul

Noted : Molem, Canacona

106. Pycnonotus luteolus luteolus (Lesson)

Whitebrowed Bulbul

Collected : Canacona

9 31 g 87 20 22 81

Common in bush country.

107. Hypsipetes indicus indicus (Jerdon)

Yellowb rowed Bulbul

Collected : Valpoi

3cfcf31-35g 89-95 20-22 18-20 80-81

2$ $ 28,31 g 89,93 20,21 19,20 76,81

Elsewhere noted: Canacona. In mixed

foraging parties in forest.

108. Hypsipetes madagascariensis

(P.L.S. Muller) Black Bulbul

Noted : Molem, Canacona

109. Pellorneum ruficeps ruficeps Swainson

Spotted Babbler

Collected: Molem

cf31g 77 20 28 72

29 $ 26,27 g 69(2) 20(1) 27(2) 60(1)

Elsewhere noted : Canacona

110. Pomatorhinus schisticeps Hodgson

Scimitar Babbler

Noted : Molem

111. Rhopocichla atriceps atriceps (Jerdon)

Blackheaded Babbler

Collected : Molem, Canacona

3 cf cf 15-16 g 56-60 14-16 22-24 49-50

112. Turdoides subrufus subrufus (Jerdon)

Rufous Babbler

Collected : Molem

cf57g 92 23 35 114

9 58 g 90 22 35 107

113. Turdoides striatus somervilleii (Sykes)

Jungle Babbler

Collected: Molem

66,6 9g 98,101 23(2) 36,37 94,100

Elsewhere noted : Canacona

114. Alcippe poioicephala poioicephala

(Jerdon) Quaker Babbler

Collected: Molem, Canacona, Valpoi

2<S cf 17,20g 72,73 16,17 22,23 64,66

29 9 20,21 g 70,74 16,18 22(2) 65(2)

ld'juv.

Foraging parties, often high up in trees.

115. Muscicapa muttui muttui (Layard)

Brownbreasted Flycatcher

Collected : Molem

cf 12 g 70 16 15 52

29 9 10,10 g 69,72 16,16 14,15 48,49

o? 10 g 71 17 15 51

Elsewhere noted: Canacona

116. Muscicapa parva parva Bechstein

Redbreasted Flycatcher

Collected : Molem

o? 8g 66 11 14 46

Elsewhere noted: Canacona

117. Muscicapa superciliaris superciliaris

Jerdon Whitebrowed Blue Flycatcher

Collected : Molem

cf 8 g 62 15 15 46

118. Muscicapa pallipes Jerdon

Whitebellied Blue Flycatcher

Collected : Molem

cf 20 g 78 17 19 63

50

BIRDS OF GOA

39 9 18-20 g 70-73 17-18 19(3) 55-56

Elsewhere noted: Canacona

119. Muscicapa rubeculoides rubeculoides

(Vigors) Bluethroated Flycatcher

Collected : Valpoi

cfl3g 74 14 18 53

o? 12 g 70 14 17 51

120. Muscicapa tickelliae (Blyth)

Tickell’s Redbreasted Blue Flycatcher

Collected : Molem, Valpoi

2dd 14(2)g 72,73 15,17 18(2) 55(2)

29 9 13,17 g 69,71 15,17 17,19 55(2)

Elsewhere noted: Canacona

121. Muscicapa thalassina thalassina

Swainson Verditer Flycatcher

Collected: Molem, Valpoi

cf 17 g 84 13 15 —

9 17 g 80 13 16 64

Elsewhere noted : Canacona

122. Terpsiphone paradisi leucogaster

(Swainson) Paradise Flycatcher

Collected : Molem

cfl7g 92 24 17 242

Male in chestnut plumage with white

underparts, presumably on migration.

Noted: Molem, Canacona; in mixed for-

aging parties in forest, possibly with

other subspecies.

123. Monarcha azurea styani (Hartlaub)

Blacknaped Monarch Flycatcher

Collected : Valpoi, Molem

cf9g 69 — 17 69

29 9 9,11 g 68,69 15(2) 16,17 65,67

Elsewhere noted: Maem environs, Cana-

cona

In mixed foraging parties in forest.

124. Orthotomus sutorius (Pennant)

Tailor Bird

Noted: Molem, Canacona and elsewhere

125. Acrocephalus dumetorum Blyth

Blyth’s Reed Warbler

Collected : Molem

cflOg 62 18 23 50

9 11 g 62 18 23 53

Elsewhere noted : Canacona

126. Phylloscopus tytleri Brooks

Ty tier’s Leaf Warbler

Collected : Canacona

cf 7 g 58 13 18 42

Very little is known of its wintering ha-

bits. So far only three specimens have been re-

corded, south of its breeding area. The re-

cords are from Khandala, Londa and Nil-

giris. This specimen from Goa is thus the

fourth record from the western ghats and it

may be assumed that Phylloscopus tytleri is a

regular winter visitor to the western ghats. The

specimen has worn wing and tail feathers.

127. Phylloscopus griseolus Blyth

Olivaceous Leaf Warbler

Collected : Molem

cf 8 g 64 14 18 48

This species is known to winter down to

North Kanara.

128. Phylloscopus occipitalis occipitalis

(Blyth) Large Crowned Leaf Warbler

Collected: Molem, Canacona

3tfcf 8(3)g 65-67 13-15 18-19 49-51

o? 8g 62 15 17 47

129. Copsychus saularis (Linnaeus)

Magpie Robin

Noted: Bicholim; Canacona; Molem

130. Copsychus malabaricus malabaricus

(Scopoli) Shama

Collected: Canacona; in mixed foraging

parties in forest.

9 28 g 88 19 26 122

Placed in the nominate race by locality.

This and the neighbouring race indicus are se-

parated only by the length of the tail which

averages shorter in the latter. The tail of this

specimen is within the overlapping limits of

both the races.

131. Phoenicurus ochruros (S. G. Gmelin)

51

JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. 73

Redstart

Noted : Molem

132. Saxicoloides fulicata (Linnaeus)

Indian Robin

Noted: Canacona. Common generally.

133. Monticola cinclorhynchus (Vigors)

Blueheaded Rock Thrush

Collected: Molem, Canacona.

3d d 32-33g 99-103 22-24 24-26 65-69

o? 31 g 98 22 24 64

Elsewhere noted: Canacona. In mixed

foraging parties in forest.

143. Monticola solitarius (Linnaeus)

Blue Rock Thrush

Noted: Molem, Canacona.

135. Myiophoneus horsfieldii (Vigors)

Malabar Whistling Thrush

Noted : Molem

136. Zoothera citrina cyanotus (Jardine &

Selby) Whitethroated Ground Thrush

Collected: Molem, Valpoi

2d d 48,52g 105,109 23,24 30,32 70,72

Elsewhere noted : Canacona

137. Tardus merula nigropileus (Lafresnaye)

Blackcapped Blackbird

Collected: Molem, Valpoi

2d d 69,73g 121,129 25,26 32(2) 91,93

One of the specimens (No. 50) comes

under nigropileus by plumage, measurements

and range of distribution.

The other specimen (No. 135) differs

as follows: It does not have a distinct collar

behind nape. It is possibly not fully adult as

seen from pale brownish edges to the upper

wing-coverts. But as immature it should also

have streaks on the throat and other places

which are totally lacking in this specimen, and,

but for the upper wing-coverts it is adult plu-

mage. By plumage the bird belongs to the sub-

species simillimus. Measurements are within

the known limits. The only difference then

would be the bill which was dark with orange

gape which is known to be a colour variation

in nigropileus handbook 9:119 (1973). In

T. merula simillimus the bill colour is record-

ed as only orange yellow.

The implication here is: 1. The specimen

is of the subspecies T. merula simillimus and

its bill colour, possibly an unrecorded varia-

tion.

or 2. A hybrid between the subspecies

nigropileus and simillimus.

The latter (2) is more acceptable as the

place of collection is the transitional area of

the two subspecies.

Elsewhere noted : Canacona, in mixed

foraging party in forest.

138. Sitta frontalis frontalis Swainson

Velvetfronted Nuthatch

Collected : Molem

d 12 g 72 14 18 38

139. Anthus hodgsoni ssp?

Tree Pipit

Collected : Molem

d22g 85 14 21 60

Two subspecies namely hodgsoni and

yunnanensis are known to winter in India. It

is difficult to place this single specimen under

either.

140. Anthus trivialis (Linnaeus) Tree Pipit

Collected : Molem

d21g c. 84 15 22 c. 60

The specimen cannot be placed with

certainty with either trivialis or haringtoni the

two subspecies that winter in the Peninsula.

Haringtoni is more earth brown, less olive

above, and its bill is slightly broader at the

base.

Elsewhere noted : Canacona

141. Motacilla indica Gmelin

Forest Wagtail

Collected : Molem

d 16 g 85 16 22 72

142. Motacilla caspica (Gmelin)

52

BIRDS OF GOA

Grey Wagtail

Noted: Molem

143. Motacilla maderaspatensis Gmelin

Large Pied Wagtail

Noted : Near Mapsa

144. Dicaeum agile (Tickeli)

Thickbilled Flowerpecker

Noted : Valpoi

145. Dicaeum concolor Jerdon

Plaincoloured Flowerpecker

Collected: Molem, Canacona.

3 $ $ 5-6.5 g 45-45.5 11-13 12.5(2)

21-23

146. Nectarinia zeylonica sola (Vieillot)

Purplerumped Sunbird

Collected : Canacona

cf 8 g 56 19 17 35

Elsewhere noted: Molem: commonly on

flowering Loranthus clumps.

147. Nectarinia minima (Sykes)

Small Sunbird

Collected: Molem, Valpoi

2?9 5(2)g 41,44 14(2) 13,14 24,25

Elsewhere noted : Canacona

148. Nectarinia lotenia hindustanica

(Whistler) Maroonbreasted Sunbird

Collected: Molem

c?8g 57 28 15 38

Subspecies identified by locality.

Elsewhere noted: Canacona

149. Nectarinia asiatica asiatica (Latham)

Purple Sunbird

Collected: Molem

<S 8g 57 22 15 34

Elsewhere noted : Canacona

In regular attendance on flowering Lor-

anthus abundantly parasiting 3 species of

Terminalia in Molem forest.

150. Passer domesticus (Linnaeus)

House Sparrow

Noted: Common and abundant at Pan-

aji.

151. Petronia xanthocollis (Burton)

Yellowthroated Sparrow

Noted : Molem, Canacona

152. Ploceus philippinus philippinus

(Linnaeus) Baya Weaver Bird

Collected: Molem

c?? 25g 65 18 22 42

153. Lonchura striata striata (Linnaeus)

Whitebacked Munia

Collected : Valpoi

o? 11 g 52 12 14 40

154. Emberiza melanocephala Scopoli

Blackheaded Bunting

Collected : Molem

9 25 g 89 17 23 67

ACK N OWLEDGE M E N TS

Mr. S. S. Bhattee, Conservator of Forests,

Goa took a personal interest in the project,

making our work pleasant and rewarding. Mr.

V. T. Thomas SDO (Wildlife) was of great

assistance in the field. The survey was finan-

ced by Salim Ali.

53

New mammal records from Nepal*

Richard Mitchell1 2 3 and Fred Punzo4

Department of Zoology and Entomology,

Iowa State University,

Ames, Iowa 50010, U.S. A.

{With a text-figure)

In this paper, five new records of mammals collected from Nepal are discussed. Two un-

gulates ( Ovis ammon and Tragulus meminna) and three insectivores ( Crocidura attenuata,

Suncus stoliczkanus and S. etruscus pygmaeoides ) are reported from Nepal for the first time.

The new locality records are provided and the general ecology of the areas from which

the mammals were collected is discussed.

Introduction

Relatively few mammal surveys have been

conducted in Nepal due to its inaccessibility

to foreigners until 1952. With the signing of

the Treaty of Saguli (Karan 1960) the British

sent an envoy to the Kathmandu Valley in

1815. Under the direction of Hodgson, 70

genera and 114 species of mammals were col-

lected of which 40 species were described as

new (Gray 1846, 1863). During the 1920’s

several expeditions entered Nepal from the

northern approach to Mount Everest resulting

in the collection of 52 mammal specimens be-

longing to 10 species. Two species and one

subspecies were described as new (Thomas &

Hinton 1922). Hinton (1922) provided a de-

tailed report on the house rats of Nepal based

1 Accepted December 1974.

2 The material on which this report is based was

obtained under the auspices of the Office of Naval

Research, Department of the Navy, Washington,

D.C., USA, Project N00014-68-A-0101-0001, with

Iowa State University. The opinions and assertions

contained herein are the private ones of the authors

on earlier collections. Hinton & Fry (1923)

reported on the mammal survey conducted by

the Bombay Natural History Society from 1922

to 1923. They listed a collection of 304 speci-

mens consisting of 34 genera and 44 species.

Biswas & Khajuria (1955) collected a small

series of mammals from east Nepal of which

two species and two subspecies were describ-

ed for the first time. A later list of the mam-

mals of eastern Nepal was provided by Biswas

& Khajuria (1957). The Nepal Health Survey

1965-1966 collected 460 mammals consisting

of 18 genera and 28 species (Worth & Shah

1969). In 1968, the German Nepal Himalaya

Expedition investigated the Insectivora and

Rodentia of eastern Nepal and listed 10 genera

and 14 species (Weigel 1969).

Since there was very little information avail-

and are not to be construed as official or as reflect-

ing the views of the Department of the Navy or of

the Naval Service at large.

3 Present address: 319 Melrose Ave., Toronto,

Ontario M5M 1Z5, Canada.

4 Dept, of Biology, Blackburn University, Carlin-

ville, Illinois 62626, U.S.A.

54

NEW MAMMAL RECORDS FROM NEPAL

able with respect to the mammal and ecto-

parasite fauna of Nepal, an extensive host-

parasite programme was undertaken from July

1966 to August 1970. Over 4000 mammal spe-

cimens were collected during this period. From

this material, two ungulates (Ovis ammon and

Tragulus meminna) and three insectivores

( Croddura attenuata, Suncus stoliczkanus and

S. etruscus pygmaeoides ) are reported from

Nepal for the first time in this study. Nepal is

divided into seven geographical life zones

(Chesemore 1970, Hagen 1961; Karan 1960).

These life zones are described in detail by

Hagen (1961). The present paper provides a

listing of the new locality records with a des-

cription of the general ecology of the areas

from which the mammals were collected or

sighted. A distribution map of the new loca-

lity records is provided (Fig. 1).

Distribution records

1. Ovis ammon hodgsoni Blyth, 1841 (The

Nayan or Great Tibetan Sheep)

1 specimen: Mugu, Mugu District — 29°48'N,

82°33'E.

1 sighting: Chum Gompa, Gorka District —

28°35'N, 85°07'E.

The previously recorded distribution of this

species encompasses Tibet (Ellerman & Mor-

rison-Scott 1966). O. a. hodgsoni is a race of

the Argali Ovis ammon (Linnaeus). Unsub-

stantiated reports of this species exist for the

northern border areas of Nepal (Ellerman &

Morrison-Scott 1966; Prater 1965). Earlier re-

ports by Hodgson (in Gray 1846) listed four

O. ammon skulls as being collected from the

northern hilly regions of Nepal. It is difficult

to discern the validity of these records since

55

JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. 73

Hodgson was confined to the capital city of

Kathmandu and had to depend on traders

and local hunters for his specimens.

New locality records for Ovis ammon hodg-

soni were obtained from two different sites in

Nepal (Fig. 1, 1). In March, 1968, the skull

of a five-year old ram was found near Mugu

in the high Himalayas of western Nepal at an

elevation of 4700 m. Mugu is a small village

located in far western Nepal situated near the

northern border adjacent to Tibet. It is sur-

rounded by the Ladakh Himal and Great Him-

alayan Range on the north with the Kanjeroba

Himal massif enclosing it from the east (Hagen

1961). In addition, local people reported sight-

ing an occasional band of these wild sheep

between the months of February and April.

The sheep seem to stray across the Tibetan

border during this season. Additional ungul-

ates that occur in this region are the bharal

( Pseudois nayaur) and the Himalayan tahr

(Hemitragus jemlahicus) .

A new sighting record of O. a. hodgsoni at

a second locality in Nepal was reported to the

authors by an Austrian engineer, Mr. Peter

Auf schneider, who photographed a band of 15

nayan above Chum Gompa (28°35'N, 85°07'

E). Chum Gompa, located in north central

Nepal (Fig. 1), is an isolated village inhabited

by migratory herdsmen during the summer

months. Broad alpine meadows project from

the steep face of the Greater Himalayas. The

sheep graze on the southern slopes which are

close to rocky outcroppings.

2. Tragulus meminna Erxleben, 1777 (Indian

Spotted Chevrotain or Mouse Deer)

1 specimen: Mahadeva, Banke District — 28°13'N,

81°56'E, at an elevation of 227 m.

3 sightings: 2 Mahadeva, 1 Tamispur, Nawal

Parsi District — 27°34'N, 83°57'E, at an elevation of

97 m.

The approximate distribution of this species

encompasses Ceylon and peninsular India;

in India north to the central provinces (Eller-

man & Morrison-Scott 1966). Prater (1965)

lists the distribution of the chevrotain as the

forested areas of Ceylon and southern India

at elevations up to 1850 m, with 24°N latitude

being the approximate limit of its northerly

range. Three Indian chevrotain were sighted

and one partial skeleton collected in the Nepal

terai (28 °N) by the senior author.

The first sighting of the chevrotain in Nepal

was on 15 February 1968, at Tamispur (Fig.

1 — 27°34'N, 83°57'E). It was seen in tall ele-

phant grass ( Cymbopogon sp.) at a distance of

3 m. Tamispur is situated at the far western

end of the Rapti Valley which is surrounded

by the Mahabharat Range to the north and

the Churia Hills to the south. This area lies

near the juncture of the Binai Nadi and Nara-

yani rivers. Homogenous stands of sal (Shorea

robusta) grow on the slopes of the Mahab-

harat and Churia hills up to 1250 m. These

forests extend to the edge of the alluvial flood

plain. Acacia and Dalbergia grow along the

rivers and cover the flood plain. Elephants

grass ( Cymbopogon sp. and Bothriochloa sp.)

occurs commonly in the disturbed areas around

human habitations and the marshy lowlands.

Additional ungulates found in the Tamispur

area are: gaur ( Bos gaums), nilgai ( Bosela -

phus tragocamelus) , four horned antelope ( Tet -

racerus quadricornis) , sambar ( Cervus uni-

color), chital (Axis axis), hog deer ( Axis

porcinus), barking deer ( Muntiacus muntjak),

wild boar ( Sus scrofa) and rhinoceros ( Rhino-

ceros unicornis).

In March, 1969, a partial skeleton was ob-

tained and two live chevrotain sighted in the

western terai of Nepal at Mahadeva (28°13'N,

81°46'E). Local hunters brought in a decom-

posed carcass for the senior author to examine.

56

NEW MAMMAL RECORDS FROM NEPAL

In addition, two chevrotain were sighted in a

dense stand of sal ( Shorea robusta). Mahadeva

is located in western Nepal at the base of the

Siwalik foothills. Dense stands of sal cover the

southern slopes of the Siwallks up to an ele-

vation of 1300 m. Cultivation is prominent

with rice and mustard the principal crops raised.

The sal forests are interspersed with lianas

( Terminalia sp. and Anogeissus sp.). Acacia

sp. and Ribes sp. predominate in disturbed

areas. Tamarix thickets line the rivers and

flood plains.

Many of the ungulates found at Tamispur

occur at Mahadeva with the exception of gaur

and rhinoceros. Both of these species have

been eliminated from the area by extensive

hunting. Small herds of swamp deer ( Cervus

duvauceli) occur among Tamarix thickets that

grow along the streams of the area.

3. Crocidura attenuata Milne-Edwards, 1872,

(Gray Shrew)

1 specimen: Kakani, Nuwakot District — 27°49'N,

85°16'E, at an elevation of 2440 m.

The approximate distribution of this species

is Assam, Bhutan, Sikkim, and Darjeeling

(Ellerman & Morrison-Scott 1966). A single

specimen of Crocidura attenuata was trapped

at Kakani in the central midlands of Nepal

(Fig. 1, 3). Two additional specimens were

collected in Darjeeling, West Bengal, India,

20 km east of Nepal. Kakani is located on the

southern flank of the Sheopuri Mountain

Range. The north and east slopes are covered

with natural stands of vegetation and the south

and west slopes are heavily farmed. The area

is characterized as a warm-temperate zone

with three distinct broad-leaf forest types:

mixed forests of Schima-Castanopis at the

base of the mountains; oak-laurel at middle

elevations; and oak-rhododendron at the mo-

untain tops.

Many small mammals were trapped along

the forest edge bordering cultivated fields.

These included Mus musculus urbanus, Rattus

nitidus, R. niviventer, R. turkestanicus, Sori-

culus caudatus, S. nigrescens, Suncus murinus,

S. etruscus, and Golunda ellioti.

4. Suncus stoliczkanus Anderson, 1877

(Anderson’s Shrew)

2 specimens: Bahwanipur, Banke District — 27 °-

57'N, 81°47'E, at an elevation of 158 m.

The approximate distribution of this species

is Madras, Bombay, Rajputana, and Central

India Provinces (Ellerman & Morrison-Scott

1966). Two specimens were taken in the vil-

lage of Bahwanipur, thus extending the range

to the western terai of Nepal (Fig. 1, 4). The

vegetation of the area is similar to that des-

cribed for Mahadeva. Thorn brush ( Ribes sp.

and Jasminum sp.) has overgrown abandoned

fields. The two specimens were trapped from

a thorn brush fence row surrounding a man-

go grove.

Additional small mammals taken in the vici-

nity were Mus booduga, M. platythrix, Van-

deleuria oleracea, Golunda ellioti, Tat era in-

dica, Millardia meltada, Lepus nigricollis, and

Herpestes edwardsi.

In Nepal, the genus Suncus is represented

by a pygmy species, etruscus, a medium-sized

species, stoliczkanus, and a giant species, mu-

rinus. S. stoliczkanus resembles an immature

S. murinus. The head and body length of

S. stoliczkanus usually averages 65-75 mm

while in S. murinus the head and body length

is well over 110 mm.

5. Suncus etruscus pygmaeoides Anderson,

1877 (Pygmy Shrew)

9 specimens: 1 Kakani

8 Melumchi, Sindu District — 28°03'N, 85°33'E,

at an elevation of 2455 m.

The approximate distribution of this species

57

JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. 73

is Darjeeling District, northeastern India (Eller-

man & Morrison-Scott 1966). Nine pygmy

shrews were collected at high altitudes (2440-

2455 m) in the central midlands of Nepal. The

previous distribution record of S. etruscus

pygmaeoides extended to the eastern border

of Nepal (88°15'E latitude). The present col-

lections extend the distribution of pygmy shrews

to 85°33'E, some 225 km west of the old re-

cords.

One pygmy shrew was collected at Kakani

(27°49'N, 85°16'E) and the remaining eight

were trapped at Melumchi (Fig. 1, 5). The

collection site of Kakani has been previously

described. Melumchi village is located in the

central midlands of Nepal and lies on a south-

ern exposure. The area is extensively farmed

with wheat, millet and potatoes raised in small

plots surrounded by stone fences. These stone

fences are overgrown with ferns, willows (Salix

sp.) and wild roses ( Rosa sericea). All speci-

mens of S. e. pygmaeoides were trapped from

these stone fences during July and August,

1970.

Additional small mammals trapped at

Melumchi included Mus musculus homourus,

Soricuius caudatus, S. leucops, S. nigrescens,

Rattus fulvescens, R. turkestanicus , R. nivi-

venter, R. nitidus, Vandeleuria oleracea, Sun -

cus murinus and Dremomys lokriah.

References

Biswas, B. & Khajuria, H. (1955): Zoological

results of the “Daily Mail” Himalayan Expedition,

1954. Four new mammals from Khumbu, eastern

Nepal. Proc. Zool. Soc. Calcutta 5(1): 25-30.

& (1957) : Zoological

results of the “Daily Mail” Himalayan Expedition,

1954. Notes on some mammals of Khumbu, eastern

Nepal. Proc. Zool. Soc. Calcutta, Mookarjee Me-

morial Volume, pp. 229-249.

Chesemore, D. L. (1970) : Notes on the mammals

of southern Nepal. /. Mammal. 57(1) : 162-166.

Ellerman, J. R. & Morrison-Scott, T. C. S.

(1966): Checklist of Palaearctic and Indian Mam-

mals. 2nd ed. Alden Press, Oxford, pp. 810.

Gray, J. E. (1846) : Catalogue of the specimens

and drawings of Mammalia and Birds of Nepal and

Tibet presented by B. H. Hodgson to the British

Museum. E. Neuman, London, pp. xi + 156.

(1863) : Catalogue of the specimens and

drawings of mammals, birds, reptiles and fishes of

Nepal and Tibet presented by B. H. Hodgson, to

the British Museum. 2nd ed. Taylor and Francis,

London, pp. xii + 90.

Gruber, U. F. (1969) : Tiergeographische Qko-

logische und Bionomische Untersuchen an Kleinen

Saugetieren in Ost-Nepal. Pages 197-312 in W. Hell-

mich, ed. Khumbu Himal 3(2). Universitatsverlag

Wagner Ges. M.B.H. Innsbruck-Munchen.

Hagen, T. (1961): Nepal. Kummerly and Frey,

Berne, pp. 117.

Hinton, M. A. C. (1922) : Scientific results from

the mammal survey. No. XXXIV. The house rats

of Nepal. /. Bombay nat. Hist. Soc. 28(4 ) : 1056-1063.

& Fry, T. B. (1923): Bombay Na-

tural History Society Mammal Survey of India,

Burma and Ceylon. Report No. 37. ibid. 29(2) : 399-

428.

Karan, P. P. (1960) : Nepal, a cultural and phy-

sical geography. Univ. Kentucky Press, Lexington.

pp. 101.

Prater, S. H. (1965): The book of Indian Ani-

mals. 2nd ed. Bombay Natural History Society,

Bombay, pp. 323.

Thomas, O. and Hinton, M. A. C. (1922): The

mammals of the 1921 Mt. Everest Expedition. Ann.

Mag. Nat. Hist. London 9:178-186.

Weigel, I. (1969) : Systematische ubersicht uber

die insekten fresser und nager Nepals nebst bemerk-

kungen zur tiergoegraphie. Pages 149-195 in W. Hell-

mich, ed. Khumbu Himal. 3(2). Universitatsverlag

Wganer Ges. M. B. H. Innsbruck-Munchen.

Worth, R. M. & Shah, N. K. (1969) : Nepal

Health Survey 1965-1966. Univ. of Hawaii Press,

Honolulu, pp. 158.

58

Identity of Amaranthus polygamus of

Hooker’s flora of British

India and related taxa1

N. C. Nair

Botanical Survey of India, Indian Botanic Garden, Sibpur, Howrah

Amaranthus polygamus of Indian floras having flowers with three tepals and three stamens has

been wrongly considered conspecific with penta-tepalous and pentandrous A. polygonoides

Linn, of Jamaica by several authors. The cause for the confusion has been discussed. A.

polygamus of Indian floras and A. polygamus Linn, are distinct taxa and the latter is con-

specific with A. tricolor Linn. A. polygamus of Indian floras has been named A. roxburghi-

anus by Nevski. The status of A. aschersonianus Thell. is discussed and it is considered as

A. roxburghianus Nevski var. aschersonianus (Thell.) N. C. Nair. A new combination A.

roxburghianus Nevski var. angustifolius (Moq.) N. C. Nair is made. The distinguishing

characters of A. lividus Linn, subsp. polygonoides (Moq.) Probst. are given.

There has been much confusion with regard

to the identity of the plant which goes by the

name Amaranthus polygamus of Hooker’s

flora of British India 4:721, 1885. This is

a small prostrate or ascending herb with small

oblong-lanceolate, linear-obovate or linear-ob-

ovate-obtuse leaves, clusters of axilliary flowers

having three acute and awned tepals (awns

shorter than the leafy part of the tepal) which

are longer than the bracteoles and shorter than

the utricle, and three stamens. It has been re-

ferred to be A. polygamus Linn. Amoen. Acad.

4:294, 1759 by writers of Indian floras. Even

the reference to Amoen. Acad. 4:294, 1759 is

incorrect as Linnaeus published the name ear-

lier in Centurea Plantarum 32, 1755. The des-

criptions given in these publications are exactly

the same and based on the same type. A. poly -

1 Accepted June 1972.

gamus of Indian floras is different from A.

polygamus Linn. A. polygamus Linn, and A.

tricolor Linn. Sp. PI. 989, 1753 are conspecific

and they are treated likewise in all current tax-

onomic literature. A. polygamus of Indian floras

(non Linn.) can be distinguished from A. tri-

color Linn, by several well-defined characters

(see Nair, Bull. Bot. Surv. India 8(1): 88,

1967). The question arises as to what is the

correct name of A. polygamus of Indian floras.

A. polygamus auct. non Linn, is often, wrong-

ly, considered to be the same as A. polygonoi-

des Linn. FI. Jam. Pugill. 2:21, 1759; Amoen.

Acad. 5:382, 1760. That A. polygamus of In-

dian floras and A. polygonoides Linn, are two

distinct species having clear cut characters will

be evident from the following discussion. Let

us examine what are the characters of A. poly-

gonoides Linn, and how this taxon is different

from A. polygamus of Indian floras.

59

JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. 73

Linnaeus’ type description for A. polygono-

ides is “calycibus infundibuliformibus, obtusis,

singularis.” This description is very brief and

does not speak about the number of the tepals

and stamens. Linnaeus based the name A.

polygonoides Linn, on Blitum polygonoides

of Sloane (Voyage 1:144, 1707). Sloane also

provides a figure (loc. cit. t. 92, f. 2, 1707). His

description of the flower of Blitum polygono-

ides is as follows “ without any foot-stalks.

Each of them is small, pentapetalous, of a pale

green colour, with a purple streak on each of

the petala, and a green stamen within, after

each of which follows a round compressed

blackish brown shining seed.” From this, it is

clear that what Linnaeus named as A. poly-

gonoides is a pentatepalous and pentandrous

plant. Yet, several authors considered that A.

polygonoides has tritepalous and triandrous

flowers. It is surprising that Kniphofii (Herb.

Viv. 1: t. 56, 1758) described the species as

having “glomerulis triandris, axillaribus, foliis

ovatis retusis.” His figure is entirely different

from that of Sloane’s. Willdenov (Hist. Amar.

11, t. 61, f. 12 a & b, 1790) following Knip-

hofii’s description (?) gave the diagnostic char-

acters of A. polygonoides Linn, as “glomeru-

lis triandris triphyllis.” His figures like that of

Kniphofii’s do not have any similarity with

Sloane’s figure. It is obvious that Kniphofii and

Willdenov did not refer to Sloanes’ work. They

assumed that A. polygonoides has three tepals

and three stamens. These mistakes have been

perpetuated all along. Roxburgh (FI. Ind. 3:

602, 1832) considered the tritepalous triand-

rous Indian plant as A. polygonoides and cited

the authority of Willdenov. Wight (Ic. 2: f.

719, 1843) also called it A. polygonoides. Ulini

& Bray (Bot. Gaz. 19:267-272, 1894) treated

A. polygonoides under plants having two or

three stamens. Trimen (Handb. FI. Ceyl. 3:

397-398, 1895) combined A. polygamus auct.

(non Linn.) with A. polygonoides Linn. Aellen

(in FI. Eur. 1:110 & 432, 1964) united A. liv-

idus Linn, and A. blitum Linn, with A. poly-

gonoides Linn. I also wrongly inferred that

the correct name of A. polygamus of Indian

floras as A. polygonoides Linn. This is a very

clear example which stresses the need for con-

sulting original descriptions and figures in taxo-

nomic researches.

A. polygonoides Linn, is a native of Jam-

aica and it has recently been reported from

India by Maik [J. Bombay nat. Hist. Soc.

64(1): 134, 1967; Indian Forest. 95(6); 416,

1969]. I have collected this plant from Kerala

in May 1969 and it is very distinct from that

of A. polygamus auct. (non Linn.).

A. polygamus of Indian floras has also been

confused with another taxon by authors of

European floras. Thellung [in Aschers. et

Graeb. Syn. Mitteleur. FI. 5(1) : 308, 1914]

considered A. polygamus auct. (non Linn.)

as a subspecies of A. angustifolius Lamk. Ency.

1:115, 1783. A. angustifolius Lamk. is an ille-

gitimate name of A. graecizans Linn. Sp. PI.

990, 1753 which is a native of Mediterranean

region. West Asia and tropical Africa. This

taxon is similar to A. polygamus of Indian

floras but the latter has narrow lanceolate and

acute tepals with drawn out apical point (apical

point 0.26-0.76 mm) and bracteoles of similar

form. Thus A. graecizans Linn, and A. poly-

gamus of Indian floras can be regarded as two

distinct species. As all the earlier names ap-

plied to this plant are illegitimate it has been

named by Nevski as A. roxburghianus. The

nomenclature of the Indian plant is as follows:

Amaranthus roxburghianus Nevski in Act. Inst.

Bot. Acad. Sc. USSR, Ser. 1, Fasc. 4, 311,

1937 in Obs. (roxburghiano) . A. polygono-

ides Roxb. FI. Ind. 3:602, 1832 (non Linn.);

Wight, Ic. Ind. Or. 2(4): t. 719, 1843 (non

60

IDENTITY OF AMARANTHUS POLYGAMUS

t. 512); Trimen, Handb. FI. Ceylon 3:397,

1895; Nair in Bull. Bot. Surv. India 8(1):

1967. A. blitum B. polygonoides Moq. in

DC. Prodr. 13(2): 263, 1849. Euxolus poly-

gonoides Miq. FI. Ind. Batav. 1:1034, 1855;

Thw. Enum. PI. Zey. 218, 1864. Amblogyna

polygonoides Dalz. et Gibs. Bomb. FI. 218,

1861. Albersia polygama Boiss. FI. Orient.

4:991, 1875. Amaranthus polygamus Hook,

f. FI. Brit. India 4:721, 1885 (non Linn.);

Prain, Beng. PI. 2:871; 1903; Cooke, FI.

Pres. Bomb. 2:491, 1906; Duthie, FI. Upp.

Gang. Pi. 3:14, 1915; Gamble, FI. Pres.

Madras 2:1171, 1925. A. angustifolius subsp.

polygonoides (Moq.) Thell. var. latifolius

Aschers. et Graebn. Syn. Mitteleur. FI. 5

(1) : 308,1919.

Type

Nevski refers to Wight’s leones Indiae Orien-

talis 2, par. IV, tab 719 and herb. no. 6909.

There is a specimen collected from South In-

dia by Wight and bearing the number 6909

in the herbarium of Komarov Botanical Insti-

tute, Leningrad. The label in Wight’s hand-

writing reads as Amaranthus polygamus L. and

there is a question mark after the name. On

this specimen another label in Nevski’s hand

writing reads Amaranthus polygonoides Roxb.

non L. and below this in bracket is written A.

roxburghianus N. This becomes the type of the

taxon.

There is a rigid erect or ascending plant with

smaller and linear or linear oblong rigid leaves

which is treated as a variety of A. polygamus

by Hooker f. LI. Brit. India 4:721, 1885. A

new combination becomes necessary.

Amaranthus roxburghianus Nevski var angus-

tifolius (Moq.) N.C. Nair comb. novo. A.

blitum Linn. var. angustifolia Moq. in DC.

Prodr. 13(2) :263, 1849. A. polygamus var.

angustifolia Hook. f. FI. Brit. India 4:721,

1885. A. angustifolius Lamk. subsp. poly-

gonoides Thell. var. angustissimus Thell. in

Aschers. et Graeb. Syn. Mitteleur. FI. 5(1):

309, 1919. A. polygonoides var. angustifolia

(Hook, f.) N.C. Nair in Bull. (Hook, f.)

N. C. Nair in Bull. Bot. Surv. India 8(1):

88, 1967.

Wight (Ic. 2:8, t. 512, 1843) figures another

plant under the name A. polygonoides. Al-

though called by that name, Wight (loc. cit.,

6, 1843) expressed the view that it is not A.

polygonoides of Linnaeus and Roxburgh but

an intermediate between A. polygonoides and

A. tristis. Hook. f. (loc. cit.) treated it under

A. polygamus and considered that Wight’s Ic.

2:8, t. 719 refers to the same plant. This plant,

also, like A. roxburghianus Nevski, has three

tepals and a corresponding number of stam-

ens but is different from the latter in leaf and

capsule. It has been treated by Thellung as a

distinct species (see below) and later he re-

duced (see below) it to a sub-species of A.

angustifolius Lamk. Nevski (loc. cit., 311,

1937) upheld its specific rank. This taxon is

very closely related to A. roxburghianus Nev-

sky and intermediate forms are common. On

these grounds it appears best to treat it only

as a variety of A. roxburghianus Nevski.

Amaranthus roxburghianus Nevski var. ascher-

sonianus (Thell.) N. C. Nair stat. novo. A.

aschersonianus Thell. in Aschers. et Graebn.

Syn. Mitteleur. FI. 5:309, 1914; Nevski loc.

cit. 311, 1937. Euxolus polygamus Moq. in

DC. Prodr. 8(2): 272, 1849. A. polygono-

ides Wight, Ic. 2, t. 512, 1843 (non Linn.,

non Willd., non Roxb. & non Wight, t. 719).

A. angustifolius Lam. subsp. aschersonianus

Thell. in Aschers. et Graebn. Syn. Mitteleur.

5:309, 1919.

Closely resembling the above taxa is another

plant which has also gone under the name

61

JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURA.L HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. 73

of Amaranthus polygamus. This is Amar-

anthus lividus Linn, subsp. polygonoides

(Moq.) Probst. Wolladventivfl. Mitteleur.

74, 1949; Brenan, Watsonia 4(6) : 275, 1961.

Euxolus viridis (Linn.) Moq. var. polygono-

ides Moq. in DC. Prodr. 13(2): 274, 1859.

A. ascendens Lois. var. polygonoides Thell.

ex EHL. Krause in Mittheil Philom. Ges.

Els.-Lothr. 4(3), 1910 S. 372, 1911 fide

Thell. in Aschers. et Graebn. Syn. Mitteleur.

5:320, 1914. A. lividus Linn. var. polygono-

ides (Moq.) Thell. in Aschers. et Graeb.

Syn. Mitteleur. 5:320, 1919 (as var. Zoll-

inger Thell.). A. ascendans Lois, subsp.

polygonoides (Moq.) Priszter, Ann. Sect.

Horti et Viticult. Univ. Sci. Agric. Budap.

221, 1953.

This plant also is common in India and is

found often mixed up with collections of A.

roxburghianus. It is a common weed of culti-

vated places and can be distinguished by the

following characters :-

Small monoecious herbs with glabrous stems;

leaves emarginate or subtruncate; longer brac-

teoles of female flowers about half as long as J

the flowers; tepals 3, obtuse; fruit not circum-

sessile, about times longer than the tepals,

and seed almost filling the cavity ( see Bennet

/. Bombay nat. Hist. Soc. 55:491, 1971).

Acknowledgements

I am thankful to the authorities of Kom-

arov Botanical Institute Leningrad, U.S.S.R.,

where this work was carried out under the

Indo- Soviet Cultural and Scientific Exchange

Programme, for facilities. I am also thankful

to Dr. K. Subramanyam, former Director, Bot-

anical Survey of India for his interest.

Spawning biology of tor mahseer, Tor

tor (Ham.)1

S. K. Chaturvedi2

(With four text-figures)

Mahseers, the large-scaled Indian Carps, well

known as excellent sport fish as well as food

fish, have engaged the attention of naturalists,

anglers and biologists from very early times.

Their breeding habits have been a matter of

much debate and the spawning of different

types of Mahssers from various places having

different climatic conditions has been studied.

Nevertheless, nothing has been known about

the Mahseers of Rajasthan where the ecologi-

cal conditions are much different. Large Mah-

seers, Tor tor (Ham.) and Tor khudree (Sykes)

abound in the lakes and rivers of southern

and eastern Rajasthan forming an important

fishery in some of the lakes. David (1953) and

recently Kulkarni (1970) highlighted the value

of Mahseers in pisciculture and in the recent

years Mahseers have been transplanted in other

parts of the State. Therefore, in view of the

increased attention being paid to the develop-

ment of the Mahseer stocks in Rajasthan, it

was felt imperative to study their spawning

habits in this area. The present paper deals

with various aspects of the spawning biology

of Tor tor (Ham.).

Materials and methods

The preliminary observations were started

in 1964, but bulk of the material for this study

1 Accepted May 1974.

was collected by cast and gill nets during the

period August 1968 to June 1972 from Udai-

pur lakes and connected streams, already des-

cribed by Dhawan (1969). The measurements

of length, weight, observations on sex, weight

and extent of gonads in the body cavity, stage

of maturity etc. were taken from fresh speci-

mens. To determine fecundity and ova dia-

meter frequencies, the ovaries were preserved

in Simpson’s (1951) modification of Gilson’s

fluid.

Test measurements of ova from different

parts of the ovary revealed that the progres-

sion of ova development throughout the ovary

was not differential and ova were found even-

ly distributed throughout the ovary. However,

to obviate any possibility of error egg samples

were taken from different regions of both the

ovaries. Randomized samples of 500 ova from

each mature ovary were studied for ova dia-

meter frequencies by the method followed by

Clark (1934) and Prabhu (1956) using an

ocular micrometer (1 m.d. = 0.043 mm). Im-

mature ova smaller than 5 m.d. were not taken

into account for this purpose.

For fecundity studies a small sample of 1.0

gm was taken, ova teased out of the follicles

and counts were made of all ova comprising

the mature group. The fecundity was estimated

by multiplying the ova count per gram of

2 Deputy Director of Fisheries, Rajasthan, Jaipur.

63

JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. 73

ovary by the total weight of the ovary.

Length-weight relationship

250 females and 136 males ranging in length

from 200-730 mm and 220-750 mm respect-

Fig. 1. Logarithmic relation of length and weight of

males and females of Tor Mahseer.

ively, were measured and weighed. The sex

of specimens below 200 mm length could not

be reliably determined and hence they were

not included in these calculations. The average

weight for each 10 mm length interval was

taken and the logarithmic values of these

Fig. 2. Fecundity of Tor Mahseer in relation to ovary

weight, body weight and total length.

64

SPAWNING BIOLOGY OF TOR MAHSEER

length and weights computed. The length weight

relationship was derived by applying the least-

spares linear regression formula to the logari-

thmic transformation of the basic formula

W = aLb (Where W is the weight of fish in

grams and L the total length of millimetres for

females and males separately. The resulting

values can be expressed logarithmically as:

(i) Log W = - 5.9528 + 3.3927 Log L, for

females.

(ii) Log W = - 5.3477 + 3.1609 Log L, for

males.

Fig. 1 depicts the length-weight relationships

and Table 1 shows the computed weights of

males and females of similar length based on

the above equations. It will be observed that

length-weight relationship curves for males and

females (though not significantly different)

intersect at approximately 408 mm in total

length, and though the males upto 400 mm

were heavier than the females of the same size,

the females were heavier amongst fish of lar-

ger size. It suggests that somewhere near 400

mm in total length the female overtakes the

male in the weight, probably due to the heavier

female gonads.

Table 1

Weights of females and males of corresponding

LENGTH

Size at first maturity

For this purpose the specimens with gonads

in the mature stages were observed during the

beginning of the spawning season. The smallest

mature female was encountered at 322 mm

total length. All females below 320 mm size

were found immature and most of the females

above 390 mm were found mature. Hence it

may be stated that the average size at first ma-

turity lies between 320-390 mm. The size at

first maturity is rather a constant proportion

of the final length attained by a species — Holt

(1962). Tor Mahseer is said to attain a maxi-

mum length of about 1200 mm Flora (1940)

and MacDonald (1948) but in the present in-

vestigation the maximum length recorded was

757 mm only. Hence the ratio of the mean

length at maturity to the asymptotic length is

found to be c. 0.5.

The smallest mature male was observed at

254 mm total length and all males above 310

mm were found mature. The males, therefore,

appear to mature at a relatively smaller size.

Since an average growth of about 350 mm

is attained in one year (as evidenced from

stocked fish seed in a nearby tank) it may be

stated that both sexes can attain maturity by

the end of the first year of their life. This is

further confirmed by the fact that the immature

fishes did not occur throughout the year. It

was also noted that the smaller females which

were apparently ready to spawn for the first

time matured in the later part of the spawning

season. This ensures almost a full year of

growth before first spawning.

Sex ratio

During the period of investigation about 400

adult specimens were sexed by internal exami-

nation. Although both the sexes were represent-

65

5

JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. 73

ed in equal proportions during July-September

an overall male: female ratio of 1:1.9 was

indicated, i.e. the females greatly exceeded

males in number. Table 2 gives the percentage

of each sex in different size groups. It could

be seen that there were more males than fem-

ales amongst smaller group, but with the in-

crease in size (and hence age) females become

more abundant. Codrington (1946) and Mac-

Donald (1948) made similar observations.

Bennet (1962) also noted that this pattern was

common in fish populations, presumably due

to a higher mortality rate among the males.

But this may also be due, in part, to gear

selectively on account of girth differences in

the two sexes.

Table 2

Sex dimorphism

In the males the pectoral fin extends to the

seventh scale below the lateral line, while in

females it is shorter, reaching below the fifth

or sixth scale of the lateral line. Besides this,

in the females the bulkiness of the abdomen

gives rise to an arched ventral profile and the

base of the anal fin projects out of profile line.

whereas in the males the profile is compara-

tively less arched and the base of the anal fin

does not as much project out of the profile

line. There appeared to be no difference in

the colours of the two sexes, and roughness

of the pectorals was not felt even in the ripe

males.

Almost similar characters to distinguish

sexes in Tor khudree have been observed by

Kulkarni (1970).

Maturity stages

The gonads are paired, elongated organs

suspended one on each side from the dorsal

wall of the body cavity. These become progres-

sively enlarged as the fish attain sexual ma-

turity. Accordingly, certain stages have been

identified for males and females separately.

(a) Females'.

On the basis of macroscopic and microscopic

examination seven stages of maturity were

demarcated, which nearly correspond to those

of International scale. Wood (1930). The

peculiar features of these seven stages are

given below:

I. Immature —

Ovaries small, thin, extending about half

the length of the body cavity. Pinkish trans-

luscent. Ova not visible to the naked eye;

mean ova diameter ranging from 2-4 m.d.,

with prominent nucleus and no yolk granules.

The relative weight to body weight normally

below 0.8 per cent.

II. Developing —

Early maturing or recovered spent in resting

condition: Ovaries extending more than half

the length of the body cavity. Pinkish or flesh

coloured. Some ova visible to the naked eye.

Few yolk granules present. Mean ova diameter

ranging from 4 to 10 m.d.

66

SPAWNING BIOLOGY OF TOR MAHSEER

III. Maturing —

Maturing fish: Ovaries extending about two-

third length of the body cavity. Creamy white

or yellowish in colour. Ova opaque, mean dia-

meter ranging from 10 to 18 m.d.

IV. Maturing —

Advance maturing fish: Ovaries enlarged,

occupying three-fourth length of the body ca-

vity. Yellowish in colour. Ova opaque, larger

ova fully yolked; mean ova diameter ranging

from 18 to 28 m.d.

V. Mature —

Mature fish, but not running. Ovary extend-

ing to the entire length of body cavity. Ova

bright yellow, fully yolked, opaque or trans-

luscent, with transparent periphery, mean dia-

meter ranging from 28 to 42 m.d.

VI. Ripe—

Spawning in progress or just imminent;

large, free, spherical, more or less transparent

ova, lemon yellow in colour: Ova can be ex-

truded on slight pressure; Ovaries may form

upto 16 per cent of the body weight.

VII. Spent-

Ovary small, loose and flaccid; reddish in

colour, wholly or partly. Few remnants of ripe

ova seen in the lumen of ovaries.

(b) Males'.

On the basis of macroscopic examination.

only five stage were identified.

I. Immature —

Testes small, thin pinkish strands extending

to about one-third length of body cavity. Form

upto 0.5 per cent of the weight of the fish.

II. Developing —

Developing virgin or spent resting: Pinkish

translucent or fleshly opaque in colour. Thic-

ker, more elongated, extending to about half

the length of body cavity.

III. Maturing —

Testes enlarged, lobed, medium-sized. Pin-

kish white in colour; extend to about two-

third of the length of body cavity.

IV. Mature —

Testes massive in appearance, extending

over the entire length of the body cavity. Whi-

tish-pink. Milt oozes out on slight pressure on

the abdomen or even while handling. May

form upto 9.5 per cent of the body weight.

V. Spent —

Testes shrunken, loose and flabby; extend-

ing to more than half of the length of the body

cavity.

Fecundity

The fecundity of 23 mature females ranging

from 465 mm to 740 mm in total length was

estimated. The data are presented in Table 3.

Table 3

Average fecundity estimates at various size

RANGES

67

JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. 73

The average fecundity ranged from 49,146 to

1,75,886, the number of ova per gram weight

of ovary from 259 to 361 and the number of

ova per gram weight of fish from 24.61 to

36.35. The following relationships with fecun-

dity were also determined, (F denotes fecun-

dity in thousands of ova) and are shown graphi-

cally in Fig. 2.

Fecundity and Ovary Weight :

A least-squares linear regression was used

to fit a straight line equation to the relation-

ship between the ovary weight and the fecun-

dity. It showed a high degree of positive cor-

relation (r = 0.8931), the relationship being,

F = 17.66 + 0.2578 W

Where W = the ovary weight in grams.

Fecundity and Body Weight :

Least square regressions were carried out

on both the observed values for fecundity and

fish weight, and on their longarithmic equiva-

lents, the latter to test for an exponential re-

lationship. The equations that resulted are

given below:

F = 15.49 + 0.02637 W (r = 0.802)

Log F = 1.1170 + 0.8858 log W (r - 0.714)

Where W = the total fish weight in grams.

The application of the z-test (Fisher 1958)

showed no significant difference in the correla-

tion coefficients (5% level). Although the

sample is relatively small, this suggests that

the simple linear relationship is sufficiently ac-

curate. It also has the advantage of being easier

to calculate for routine work. The equation

for the exponential relationship, however, sug-

gests that the relative fecundity may decrease

with increasing fish weight. Additional data

are needed to check this possibility.

Fecundity and Total Length :

As the relationship between fecundity and

total length of fish was expected to be expon-

ential, a least-squares regression on the logari-

thmic values was carried out. The equation for

the resultant line, given below show a fairly

high degree of correlation (r = 0.666)

Log F = -5.6527 + 2.7381 L.

Where L = total length of fish in mm.

Spawning Periodicity

Many workers, Clark (1934), Hickling &

Rutenberg (1936), Prabhu (1956), Qasim &

Qayyum (1961), have determined the spawning

periodicities of fishes by the studies of ova

diameter frequency distributions from ovaries

in the ripe or penultimate stage of the ovaries.

The frequency distribution of the intra-ovarian

eggs from 32 mature Mahseers was, therefore,

studied. Since separate polygons drawn from

individual fishes, even of different years, show-

ed no difference in the pattern of ova diameter

frequencies, no variation in the spawning peri-

odicity between individuals was indicated.

Hence the pooled frequency distribution of the

intra-ovarian eggs have been depicted in Fig.

3 with the diameters divided into 5 m.d. groups.

From Fig. 3 it can be seen that the ova fall

into two distinct groups. Group ‘a’ is the stock

of undifferentiated ova that are present in the

ovary throughout the year; group ‘b’ is com-

pletely separated from ‘a’ and represents the

stock of ova that will ripen and be spawned.

There is no evidence of any secondary modes

of differentiated ova. Hickling & Rutenberg

(1936) and Prabhu (1956) have stated that

the presence of such a single well defined group

of mature ova, fully differentiated from the

immature stock indicates a short and definite

spawning period for the particular species. It

is, therefore, quite likely that Tor Mahseer

spawns once a year during a short spawning

period. Supporting evidence is obtained from

the seasonal changes in the gonads, and the

availability of spawners only during a definite

period.

68

SPAWNING BIOLOGY OF TOR MAHSEER

Spawning

In order to determine the spawning season

of Tor tor, the monthly percentage of females

in different stages of maturity were determined.

The immature fishes were not considered for

this purpose. It could be seen that the fishes

in developing stage were maximum in the sam-

ples obtained during October to February

every year. Stage III fishes were first encoun-

tered in February and the maturing specimens

(Stage III and IV), predominant during April-

May, occur till July. Mature (Stage V) females

started appearing in May and gradually in-

Ova Diameter (o.m.4)

Fig. 3. Frequency distribution of ova in Tor Mahseer.

69

JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. 73

creased in proportions from June onwards. The

majority of the females during July-September

were mature or ripe, with its peak in August.

The spent females first appeared in August

and were recorded till October. The resorbing

or spent recovering stages were occasionally

observed during November and December.

Amongst the males also, only the earliest

stages were found during October to Febru-

ary. The maturing specimens started appear-

ing from March onwards and, during July-

September the majority were in ripe or oozing

condition. Spent males were observed in large

numbers in September-October.

The Gonado-Somatic Index (gonad weight as

% of body weight) also exhibits a similar cycle

of seasonal changes. Fig. IV depicts monthly

mean values of index for females and males

separately. It could be seen that in the females

the index values were very low during Janu-

ary-February. The values gradually increase

in March, commencing a sharp rise in April

to its peak in August. The sharp ascending

limb of the curve occurred due to ripe females.

This rise is followed by a decline in Septem-

ber due to spawning, reaching its lowest level

in October represented by specimens mostly

in spent or resting condition. A nominal in-

crease in the index values in seen in November-

December due to spent-recovering specimens.

The seasonal fluctuations of gonado-somatic

index in the males was less marked, but show-

ed a similar trend. There was the gradual in-

crease in index values from April onwards,

the index was high in July, reached its peak

in August and then declined in September as

there were a large number of spent males in

the samples.

It can, therefore, be inferred from the month-

ly changes in the gonads that Tor tor breeds

only once a year during a breeding season that

extends from July to September, with its peak

in August. Young fry collected only during

August-September in large numbers further

confirm it.

Discussion

Day (1873), Beavan (1877), Nevill (1915)

and Sken-Dhu (1918) found that Mahseers

breed several times in a year. Thomas (1897)

recorded that they breed during the post-mon-

soon month and lay eggs in batches. Hora &

Mukerjee (1936) and Hora (1939, 1940) ob-

served that Barbus {tor) putitora, Barbus {tor)

tor and Barbus {tor) mosal breed sometimes

in August-September in the Himalayan rivers.

Hora & Misra (1938) opined that B. {tor)

khudree breed in August-September in Deolali

hills. MacDonald (1948) states: “the putitor

Mahseer is said to spawn three times in a year.

In the Punjab, the three spawning seasons are

(1) Jan. -Feb. (2) May June and (3) July-Sep-

tember.” Nazir Ahmed (1948) observed the

breeding season of Assam Mahseer, B. {Lis-

sochilus) hexagonolepis extending from April

October with peak in August-September, where-

as David (1953) dealing with Mahanadi Mah-

seer, B. {tor) mosal mahanadicus stated, “the

breeding takes place only during the post mon-

soon period between October and November”.

He also found that in B. {tor) khudree and

B. {tor) musallah spawning takes place in

November in the cauvery system. Qasim and

Qayyum (1961) reporting on B. {tor) putitora

from Aligarh stated, “the species may spawn

several times over a greater part of the year”.

Karamchandani observed that breeding season

of Tor-tor, from Narmada river commences

in July- August and continues upto December.

Recently Kulkarni (1970) observed a fortnight

or two between late July and early August as

the peak breeeding season of Tor khudree in

70

SPAWNING BIOLOGY OF TOR MAHSEER

lakes near Poona.

Mahseers, therefore, appear to have a varied

breeding seasons and according to many wor-

kers the spawning is prolonged even upto De-

cember. During the present investigation also

a few large females in the maturing stages have

been captured during November and Decem-

ber. Since it has been observed that the large

specimens generally spawn earlier in the season,

these might be the spent-recovered individuals

and though it may lead one to think that these

maturing females may mature and spawn soon

it need not necessarily follow. Jones (1946)

says “Fertilisable eggs in the ovary and presence

of developing embryos and young fry in the

waters inhabited by the fishes alone should,

as far as possible, be taken as the proper cri-

terion for judging the exact breeding period.”

Although the intensive sexual activity of carps

and their capture with comparative case is well

cs

Z

Month

Fig. 4. The gonado-somatic index of males and females during different months.

71

JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. 73

known, no ripe males or females have been

captured during October to March. Young

fry are also altogether wanting during Novem-

ber to June. Hence the occurrence of a few

maturing females during Nov. -Dec. may be

better treated as exceptional and the possibility

of breeding from October until the initial rains

in June- July is altogether excluded. From all

available evidence, it is clearly established that

Tor tor spawns only once a year during July

to September, with its peak in August.

Factors affecting spawning

In Indian Major carps, flood waters caused

by rainfall or artificial means capable of in-

undating shallow areas are essential to induce

spawning, Alukunhi & Rao (1951); Khanna

(1958). Temperature is the other factor which

has been found to affect the spawning of fishes

Khan (1945); Das & Das Gupta (1945). The

Mahseer prefers clean water and its migratory

habits for breeding purposes are well known,

Codrington (1946). In the Punjab, Mahseer

is reported to spawn first in winter, secondly

in May- June when the snow melts and rivers

are swollen and thirdly from July to Septem-

ber when the rivers are flooded with the mon-

soon rains MacDonald (1948). David (1953)

stated. “It would thus appear that optimum

conditions for breeding are reached when the

temperature is agreeable. ... as in the relative-

ly cooler waters of the Deccan plateau in the

winter months.”

The above observations strongly suggest that

the flood of clear water accompanied by drop

in temperature is the essential prerequisite for

spawning of Mahseers. In the study area, the

only significant rains occur with the south-west

monsoon which may commence as early as

late June and usually lasts upto September.

After saturation and flushing by the initial rains

the streams get flooded, low lying areas in-

undated, flow of clear water is made available

and the temperature is lowered. But the exact

timing of these optimum conditions for spawn-

ing is variable, because the rains are often

erratic. The preceding observations on the

monthly changes in the gonads, ova-diameter

frequencies and the conditions of the maturity

of the population demonstrate that the gonads

in Tor tor are specifically adopted to cope with

much variability and the availability of mature

fishes during July-September ensures that there

will always be some ready to spawn as soon as

the optimum conditions prevail. As these con-

ditions are likely to be best available in the

later part of the rains only, the peak spawning

is found to occur in August.

Acknowledgements

I am indebted to Dr M. M. Doshi, Director

of Animal Husbandry and Fisheries, for his

guidance, interest in the work and facilities of-

fered for the same. Sincere thanks are due to

Mr R. A. Wells, American Peace Corp Volun-

teer, for his ready help in the computations.

I am also grateful to the staff of Fisheries Lab-

oratory, Udaipur for the co-operation and as-

sistance given throughout the course of this

work.

72

SPAWNING BIOLOGY OF TOR MAH SEER

References

Ahmed, Nazir (1948) : On the spawning habits

and early development of the Copper Mahseer Bar-

bus ( Lissochilus ) haxagonolepis McClelland. Proc.

Nat. Inst. Sci. India, 74:21-28.

Alikunhi, K. H. & Rao, S. N. (1951): On the

bionomics, development and growth of a Cauvery

carp, Labeo kontius Jerdon. Rec. Ind. Mus. 49:151-

174.

Beavan, R. (1877): Handbook of fresh water

fishes of India.

Bennet, George W. (1962) : Management of arti-

ficial lakes and ponds. Reinhold Publishing Corpor-

ation, New York.

Clark, F. N. (1934) : Maturity of the Calif ornea

Sardine ( Sardinops coerula ) determined by ova

diameter measurements. Calif. Div. Fish and Game

Fish Bull. 42: 1-49.

Codrington, K. de B. (1946): Notes on the In-

dian Mahseers. J. Bombay nat. Hist. Soc. 46: 336-

344.

Das, K. N. & Das Gupta (1945): Breeding of

the principal carps in Bengal. Symposium on the

factors influencing the spawning of Indian carps.

Proc. Nat. Inst. Sci. India. 77:324-327.

David, A. (1953) : Notes on the bionomics and

some early stage of the Mahanadi Mahseer. Jour.

Asia. Soc. Sci. 79(2) : 197-209.

Day, F. (1873): Report of fresh water fish and

fisheries of India and Burma.

Dhawn, S. (1969) : Fish Fauna of Udaipur lakes.

7. Bombay nat. Hist. Soc. 66:190-194.

Fisher, R. A. (1958) : Statistical methods for

research workers. Oliver and Boyd Ltd., Edinburgh.

Hickling, C. F. & Rutenberg, E. (1936): The

ovary as an indicator of spawning period of fishes.

J. Mar. Biol. Ass. U.K. 27:311-317.

Holt, S. J. (1962) : The Application of compara-

tive population studies of Fisheries biology — an ex-

ploration. The exploration of Natural Animal Popu-

lations. pp. 51-71. Ed. by E. D. Le Cren and M. W.

Holdgate. Blackwell Sci. Pub., Oxford.

Hora, S. L. (1939): The Game fishes of India

VIII. The Mahseer or the large scaled barbels of

India. J. Bombay nat. Hist. Soc. 47:272-285.

(1940) : The Game Fishes of India IX.

ibid. 47:518-525.

— & Misra, K. S. (1938) : Fish of Deoi-

ali, Part III. ibid. 40: 20-38.

& Mukerjee, D. D. (1936) : Fishes of

eastern Doons, U.P. Rec. Ind. Mus. 38: 139-142.

Jones, S. (1946) : Breeding and development of

Indian Fresh Water and Brackish water fishes. Part

I. J. Bombay nat. Hist. Soc. 46:317-335.

Khan, Hamid (1945): Observations on the

spawning behaviour of carps in the Punjab. In the

symposium on the factors influencing the spawning

of Indian carps. Proc. Nat. Inst. Sci. India. 77:324-

327.

Khanna, D. V. (1958) : Observations on the

spawning of the Major carps at a fish farm in the

Punjab. Ind. Jour. Fish. 5: 282-290.

Kulkarni, C. V. (1970): Spawning habits, eggs

and early development of Deccan Mahseer Tor khu-

dree (Sykes). J. Bombay nat. Hist. Soc. 67:510-521.

MacDonald, A. St. J. (1948) : Circumventing

the Mahseer and other sporting fish of India and

Burma. Bombay Natural History Society, Bombay.

Nevill, C. A. (1915) : The breeding habits of the

Mahseer ( Barbus tor). J. Bombay nat. Hist. Soc.

24(4) :838.839.

Prabhu, M. S. (1956) : Maturation of the intra-

ovarian eggs and spawning periodicities in some

fishes. Ind. Jour. Fish. 5(1): 59-90.

Qasim, S. Z. & Qayyum, A. (1961): Spawning

frequencies and breeding seasons of some fresh

water with special reference to those occurring in

the plains of Northern India, ibid. S(l) : 24-43.

Simpson, A. C. (1951): The fecundity of the

plaice. Fishery Invest. Lond. Ser. II, 77(5).

Sken-Dhu (1918) : The Angler in Northern In-

dia. Allahabad.

Thomas, H. S. (1897): The rod in India. Lon-

don.

Wood, H. (1930) : Scottish herring shoals. Pre-

spawning and spawning movements. Scotland J. Fish.

5(1) : 59-90.

73

Catalogue of Indian Tingidae (Hemiptera)1

N. P. Chopra

Department of Entomology,

Haryana Agricultural University, Hissar

The only consolidated work on the Indian

Tingidae is by Distant (1903b & 1910) in

which he has described 31 genera including

56 species. Distant (1903b) placed twenty

genera in three divisions namely Cantacader-

aria, Serenthiaria and Tingidaria. In 1910 Dist-

ant added nine more genera to these divisions

and formulated two more divisions Axioker-

sosaria and Aidoneusaria each for the genus

Axiokersos and Aidoneus respectively. Menon

& Hakk (1959a) considered these five divisions

as subfamilies and created a new subfamily

Phyllogasterotinginae to include a genus Phy-

llogasterotingis which actually belongs to the

family Coreidae. According to the recent clas-

sification (Drake & Ruhoff 1965), the family

Tingidae is divided into three subfamilies:

Cantacaderinae, Tinginae and Vianaidinae.

The subfamily Cantacaderinae includes two

tribes: Cantacaderini and Phatnomini; Tin-

ginae includes three tribes: Litadeini, Tingini

and Ypsotingini while Vianaidinae is repre-

sented by only two genera. The divisions Ser-

enthiaria, Axiokersosaria and Aidoneusaria are

considered synonyms of Tinginae. The tribe

Litadeini and subfamily Vianaidinae are un-

represented in India. Since the publication of

the Distant’s fauna of British india includ-

ing Burma and Ceylon, several changes have

taken place in the taxonomic status of the al-

ready known taxa. Moreover many additional

1 Accepted November 1972.

genera and species have been described from

India in scattered publications. According to

the present state of knowledge the family is

represented by 49 genera and 107 species in

the Indian fauna. An attempt has been made

to bring together all the taxonomic changes

in the present publication to facilitate further

work on the taxonomy of the family Tingidae.

Family Tingidae Laporte

Subfamily Cantacaderinae Stal

Tribe cantacaderini Stal

Genus Cantacader Amyot & Serville

Cantacader Amyot & Serville 1843; Distant 1903b.

Taphrostethus Fieber 1844. Type species: Piesma

quadricornis Le Peletier & Serville.

Cantacader dividends Drake & Poor 1936. Type:

Dehra Dun.

Cantacader infuscatus Distant 1903b. Type: British

Museum.

Cantacader quinqueco status (Fieber)

Taphrostethus quinquecostatus Fieber 1844; Wal-

ker 1873b.

Cantacader quinquecostatus Distant 1903b, 1910.

Type : Unknown.

Cantacader uniformis Distant 1902, 1903b. Type:

British Museum.

Tribe phatnomini Drake & Davis

Genus Gonycentrum Bergroth

Gony centrum Bergroth 1898; Distant 1903b. Teleia

Fieber 1844; Walker 1873b. Sinalda Distant 1904.

Type species: Teleia coronata Fieber.

Gonycentrum coronatum (Fieber)

Teleia coronata Fieber 1844; Stal 1873. Gonycen-

trum coronatum Distant 1903b. Type: Unknown.

74

CATALOGUE OF INDIAN TINGIDAE

Genus Malala Distant

Malala Distant 1910. Type species: Malala bulliens

Distant.

Malala bulliens Distant 1910. Host: Tobacco. Type:

British Museum.

Genus Phatnoma Fieber

Phatnoma Fieber 1844; Walker 1873b. Type spe-

cies: Phatnoma laciniata Fieber.

Phatnoma laciniata Fieber 1844; Stal 1873; Distant

1903b. Type: Unknown.

Phatnoma takasago Takeya 1933; Drake & Poor

1939. Host Lantana sp. Type: Kyushu Univ.

Phatnoma togularis Drake 1950. Type: Dehra Dun.

{Phatnoma costalis : not yet recorded from India)

Subfamily Tinginae Laporte

Tribe tingini Laporte

Genus A bdastartus Distant

Abdastartus Distant 1910. Type species: A bdastar-

tus tyrianus Distant = Monanthia atra Motschul-

sky.

Abdastartus atrus (Motschulsky)

Monanthia atra Motschulsky 1863. Teleonemia

atra Distant 1903b. Abdastartus tyrianus Distant

1910. Abdastartus atrus Drake 1956a. Type: Mos-

cow Univ.

Abdastartus longulus Drake 1953a. Type: Dehra

Dun.

{Abdastartus tyrianus — Abdastartus atrus )

Genus Aconchus Horvath

Galeatus { Aconchus ) Horvath 1905. Aconchus

Horvath 1906a. Type species: Galeatus ( Acon-

chus) urbanus Horvath.

Aconchus urbanus (Horvath)

Galeatus ( Aconchus ) urbanus Horvath 1905.

Aconchus urbanus Horvath 1906a. Type: Paris

Museum.

Genus Agramma Stephens

Agramma Stephens 1829. Serenthia Spinola 1837.

Wombalia Schouteden 1919. Drakea Schouteden

1953. Type species: Tingis laeta Fallen.

Agramma gibbum Fieber

Agramma gibba Fieber 1844. Serenthia gibba Stal

1873; Distant 1903b. Type: Vienna Museum.

Agramma hupehanum (Drake & Maa)

Serenthia hupehanum Drake & Maa 1954. Agram-

ma hupehanum Drake & Ruhoff 1965. Type: Cali-

fornia Academy of Sciences.

Agramma scitulum Drake & Maa 1955. Type:

United States National Museum.

Genus Aidoneus Distant

Aidoneus Distant 1909, 1910. Type species: Aid-

oneus dissimilis Distant.

Aidoneus dissimilis Distant 1909, 1910. Type: British

Museum.

Genus Ammianus Distant

Ammianus Distant 1903b, 1910. Monanthia Fieber

1844 (In part). Phyllontochila Stal 1873 (In part).

Sakuntala Kirkaldy 1902. Phyllontocheila Horvath

1911. Type species: Monanthia ( Phyllontocheila )

erosa Fieber.

Ammianus erosus (Fieber)

Monanthia ( Phyllontocheila ) erosa Fieber 1844.

Tingis erosa Walker 1873a. Phyllontocheila erosa

Stal 1873, Distant 1920. Ammianus erosus Distant

1903b. Type: Vienna Museum.

Ammianus ravanus (Kirkaldy)

Sakuntala ravana Kirkaldy 1902. Phyllontocheila

ravana Distant 1903a, 1910. Ammianus ravanus

Drake 1957b. Host: Vitrex trifolia. Type: Un-

known.

Genus Axiokersos Distant

Axiokersos Distant 1909, 1910. Type species: Axio-

kersos ovalis Distant.

Axiokersos ovalis Distant 1909, 1910. Type: Z.S.I.,

Calcutta.

(Genus Ayrerus Distant is a synonym of Urentius )

Genus Baeochila Drake & Poor

Cysteochila {Baeochila) Drake & Poor 1937b.

Baeochila Drake 1948c. Type species: Cysteochila

elongata Distant.

Baeochila dehrana Drake & Maa 1954. Type: United

States National Museum.

Baeochila elongata (Distant)

Cysteochila elongata Distant 1903a, 1903b. Baeo-

chila elongata Drake 1948c. Type: British Museum.

Baeochila nexa (Distant)

Cysteochila nexa Distant 1903a, 1903b. Baeochila

nexa Drake & Ruhoff 1960b. Type: British Mu-

seum.

Genus Bako Schouteden

Bako Schouteden 1923. Galeotingis Drake 1947.

Type species: Bako lebruni Schouteden.

Bako malayanus (Drake)

Galeotingis malayanus Drake 1947. Bako malay-

anus Drake 1954b, Drake & Mohanasundarum

75

JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. 73

1961. Host: Panicum repens; Cynodon dactylon;

Cenchrus glaucus; Oriza sativa. Type: United

States National Museum.

Genus Belenus Distant

Belenus Distant 1909, 1910. Type species: Mon-

anthia dentatus Fieber.

Belenus bengalensis Distant 1909, 1910. Type: Bri-

tish Museum.

Belenus dentatus (Fieber)

Monanthia ( Phyllontocheila ) dentata Fieber 1844.

Phyllontocheila dentata Stal 1873, Distant 1903b.

Belenus dentatus Distant 1909, 1910.

( Belenus angulatus: not yet recorded from India.)

(Genus Bredenbachius is a synonym of Cysteo-

chila ) Bredenbachius pictus = Cysteochila pictus :

not yet recorded from India.

(Genus Cadamustus is a synonym of Stephanitis

Stal) Cadamustus typicus — Stephanitis typica.

C. suffusus = S. suffusus: not yet recorded from

India.

(Genus Cadmilos is a synonym of Galeatus ) Cad-

milos retiarius = Galeatus scrophicus.

Genus Celantia Distant

Celantia Distant 1903b. Type species: Leptodictya

vagans Distant.

Celantia teres Drake (emendation)

Celantia teretis Drake 1951. Type: Hungarian

Museum.

( Celantia vagans : not yet recorded from India).

Genus Cochlochila Stal

Monanthia ( Cochlochila ) Stal 1873. Cochlochila

Horvath 1910. Physodictylon Lindberg 1927. Type

species: Monanthia ( Cochlochila ) bullita Stal.

Cochlochila bullita (Stal)

Monanthia ( Cochlochila ) bullita Stal 1873. Tingis

globulifera Walker 1873a. Monanthia globulifera

Distant 1902, 1903b, 1910; Maxwell-Lefroy 1909;

Fletcher 1918, 1920; Iyengar 1924; Singh 1953;

Sharga 1953. Cochlochila bullita Florvath 1909.

Host: Coleus ; Ocimura basilicum, Ocimum sanc-

tum, sage, mint and safflower. Type: Unknown.

Cochlochila nilgiriensis (Distant)

Monanthia nilgiriensis Distant 1903a, 1903b; Drake

1933; Singh 1953. Cochlochila nilgiriensis Drake

1948e. Host: Tetcon grandis. Type: British Mu-

seum.

Genus Collinutius Distant

Collinutius Distant 1903b. Type species: Tingis

alicollis Walker.

Collinutius alicollis (Walker)

Tingis alicollis Walker 1873a; Phyllontochila ali-

collis Distant 1902; Collinutius alicollis Distant

1903b. Type: British Museum.

Genus Compseuta Stal

Monanthia ( Compseuta ) Stal 1873. Compseuta

Distant 1904. Type species: Tropidocheila orna-

tella Stal.

Compseuta lefroyi Distant 1909, 1910. Host Lant-

ana sp. Type: British Museum.

Genus Corythauma Drake & Poor

Corythauma Drake & Poor 1939. Type species:

Leptopharsa ayyari Drake.

Corythauma ayyari (Drake)

Leptopharsa ayyari Drake 1933. Corythauma ay-

yari Drake & Poor 1939. Host: Jasminum pubes-

cens and Lantana sp. Type: Presidency of Madras.

Corythauma varia Drake & Maa.

Corythauma ayyari var. varia Drake & Maa 1953.

Corythauma varia Drake & Ruhoff 1962. Type:

United States National Museum.

Genus Cysteochila Stal

Cysteochila Stal 1873; Distant 1903b. Bredenba-

chius Distant 1903a, 1903b. Type species: Mon-

anthia tingoides Motschulsky.

Cysteochila ablusa Drake 1948a. Host: Bauhinia

variegata. Type: United States National Museum.

Cysteochila annandalei (Distant)

Bredenbachius annandalei Distant 1909, 1910.

Cysteochila annandalei Drake & Ruhoff 1965.

Type : British Museum.

Cysteochila consanguinea (Distant)

Bredenbachius consanguineus Distant 1909, 1910.

Cysteochila consanguinea Drake 1937b. Type:

British Museum.

Cysteochila delineata (Distant)

Bredenbachius delineatus Distant 1909, 1910. Cys-

teochila delineata Drake 1933; Drake & Poor 1936;

Singh 1953. Host: Bauhinia purpurea. Type: Z.S.I.,

Calcutta.

Cysteochila expleta Drake & Maa 1954. Type: Bri-

tish Museum.

Cysteochila fieberi (Scott)

Monanthia fieberi Scott 1874. Cysteochila fieberi

Drake & Maa 1954. Type: British Museum.

76

CATALOGUE OF INDIAN TINGIDAE

Cysteochila humeralis (Distant)

Bredenbachius humeralis Distant 1909, 1910. Cys-

teochila humeralis Drake & Ruhoff 1965. Type:

Z.S.I., Calcutta.

Cysteochila javensis Drake & Poor 1937b. Type:

United States National Museum.

Cysteochila taprobanes Kirkaldy 1908; Distant 1910.

Type: Unknown.

Cysteochila terminalis Drake 1948a. Type: United

States National Museum.

Cysteochila tingoides (Motschulsky)

Monanthia tingoides Motschulsky 1863. Cysteo-

chila tingoides Stal 1873; Distant 1903b; Drake

1948a. Type: Leningrad Museum.

Cysteochila elongata = Baeochila elongata

Cysteochila nexa = Baeochila nexa

Genus Dasytingis Drake & Poor

Dasytingis Drake & Poor 1936. Type species:

Dasytingis rudis Drake & Poor.

Dasytingis rudis Drake & Poor 1936. Host: Vitex

negundo. Type: United States National Museum.

Dasytingis semota Drake & Lutz 1953. Type: United

States National Museum.

Genus Diconocoris Mayr

Diconocoris Mayr 1865. Diplogomphus Horvath

1906c. Type species: Diconocoris javanus Mayr.

Diconocoris nepalensis (Distant)

Elasmognathus nepalensis Distant 1909, 1910. Dip-

logomphus nepalensis Drake & Poor 1937a. Di-

conocoris nepalensis Drake 1937a. Type: Z.S.I.,

Calcutta.

Genus Dictyla Stal

Dictyla Stal 1874. Monanthia (of authors nec.

LePeletier & Serville). Type species: Monanthia

platyoma Fieber.

Dictyla cheriani (Drake)

Monanthia cheriani Drake 1936. Dictyla cheriani

Drake & Ruhoff 1960a. Host: Corida sp. Type:

United States National Museum.

Dictyla comes (Drake)

Monanthia comes Drake 1948a. Dictyla comes

Drake & Ruhoff 1960a. Type: United States Na-

tional Museum.

Dictyla eudia Drake & Quadri 1964. Type: United

States National Museum.

Dictyla lupata (Drake & Poor)

Monanthia lupata Drake & Poor 1936. Dictyla

lupata Drake & Ruhoff 1960a. Type: United States

National Museum.

Dictyla serosa (Drake & Poor)

Monanthia serosa Drake & Poor 1937b; Maa

1957. Dictyla serosa Drake & Ruhoff 1960a. Type:

United States National Museum.

Genus Dulinius Distant

Dulinius Distant 1903a, 1903b. Sankisia Schoute-

den 1916. Type species: Dulinius conchatus Dist-

ant.

Dulinius conchatus Distant 1903a, 1903b, 1910.

Host: Morinda sp. Type: British Museum.

Genus Elasmognathus Fieber

Elasmognathus Fieber 1844; Stal 1873; Distant

1903b. Type species: Elasmognathus helferi Fie-

ber.

Elasmognathus helferi Fieber 1844, Stal 1873, Dist-

ant 1903b. Monanthia helferi Walker 1873a. Type:

Unknown.

Elasmognathus greeni = Diconocoris greeni : not

yet recorded from India.

Elasmognathus nepalensis = Diconocoris nepalen-

sis.

Genus Eteoneus Distant

Eteoneus Distant 1903b. Type species: Serenthia

dilatata Distant.

Eteoneus sigillatus Drake & Poor 1936; Singh 1953.

Type: United States National Museum.

Eteoneus dilatatus : not yet recorded from India.

Genus Galeatus Curtis

Galeatus Curtis 1833. Cadmilos Distant 1909, 1910.

Type species: Tingis spinifrons Fallen.

Galeatus scrophicus Saunders 1876. Cadmilos reti-

arius Distant 1909, 1910. Galeatus retiarius Flet-

cher 1920. Host: Chrysanthemum sp. Type: Bri-

tish Museum.

Galeatus darthula = Habrochila darthula.

Genus Habrochila Horvath

Habrochila Horvath 1912a. Type species: Habro-

chila placida Horvath.

Habrochila darthula (Kirkaldy)

Galeatus darthula Kirkaldy 1902; Distant 1903b.

Habrochila darthula Drake & Ruhoff 1961. Host:

Barleria strigosa. Type: British Museum.

Habrochila laeta Drake 1954a. Type: British Mu-

seum.

77

JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST . SOCIETY, Vol. 73

Genus Haedus Distant

Haedus Distant 1904. Hormisdas Distant 1910.

Type species: Haedus clypeatus Distant.

Haedus lectus (Drake)

Hormisdas lectus Drake 1937a. Haedus lectus

Drake 1953a. Host: Elephantia. Type: Vienna

Museum.

Haedus vicarius (Drake)

Hormisdas vicarius Drake 1927, 1936. Haedus

vicarius Drake 1953a. Host: Urena lobata. Type:

United States National Museum.

Genus Hegesidemus Distant

Hegesidemus Distant 1911. Type species: Hegesi-

demus eliyanus Distant.

Hegesidemus otiosus Drake 1953b.

Genus lldefonsus Distant

lldefonsus Distant 1910. Type species: lldefonsus

provorsus Distant.

lldefonsus provorsus Distant 1910. Type: British

Museum.

(Genus Jannaeus is a synonym of Lasiacantha)

Genus Lasiacantha Stal

Tingis ( Lasiacantha ) Stal 1873. Lasiacantha Stal

1874. Jannaeus Distant 1909, 1910. Type species:

Tingis { Lasiacantha ) hedenborgii Stal.

Lasiacantha altimitrata (Takeya)

Jannaeus altimitrata Takeya 1933. Lasiacantha

altimitratus Drake 1953a. Type: Kyushu Univer-

sity.

Lasiacantha cuneata (Distant)

Jannaeus cuneatus Distant 1909, 1910; Drake &

Poor 1936; Singh 1953. Lasiacantha cuneatus

Drake 1953a. Lasiacantha cuneata Drake & Ru-

hoff 1965. Type: British Museum.

(Genus Mokanna is a synonym of Stephanitis )

(Genus Monanthia is a synonym of Copium )

Monanthia globulifera =. Cochlochila bullita

Monanthia nilgiriensis = Cochlochila nilgiriensis

Monanthia fasciata = Physatocheila fasciata

Genus Monosteira Costa

Monosteira Costa 1864. Type species: Monanthia

unicornis Mulsant & Ray.

Monosteira edeia Drake & Livingstone 1964. Type:

United States National Museum.

Genus Naochila Drake

Naochila Drake 1957c. Type species: Cochlochila

boxiana Drake.

Naochila arete Drake & Mohanasundarum 1961.

Host : Cordia sp. Type : United States National

Museum.

Naochila sufflata (Drake & Poor)

Monanthia sufflata Drake & Poor 1939. Naochila

sufflata Drake & Ruhoff 1960b. Host: Lantana

sp. Type: United States National Museum.

Genus Paracopium Distant

Paracopium Distant 1902, 1903b. Type species:

Dictyonota cingalensis Walker.

Paracopium cingalense (Walker)

Dictyonota cingalense Walker 1873a. Paracopium

cingalensis Distant 1902. Paracopium cingalense

Distant 1903b. Maxwell-Lefroy 1909. Host: Cler-

odendron phlomoides. Type: British Museum.

Paracopium comatum Drake

Paracopium comantis Drake 1953b. Paracopium

comatum Drake & Ruhoff 1965. Type: British

Museum.

Paracopium lewisi: not yet recorded from India.

Genus Perissonemia Drake & Poor

Perissonemia Drake & Poor 1937a. Type species:

Perissonemia torquata Drake & Poor.

Perissonemia bimaculata (Distant)

Teleonemia bimaculata Distant 1909. Perissone-

mia bimaculata Drake & Ruhoff 1961. Type: Bri-

tish Museum.

Perissonemia ecmeles Drake & Mohanasundarum

1961. Host: Ficus sp. Type: United States Na-

tional Museum.

Perissonemia onerosa Drake & Poor 1939. Host:

Sandal. Type: United States National Museum.

Genus Phaenotropis Horvath

Monosteira ( Phaenotropis ) Horv&th 1906a. Phae-

notropis Drake 1957a. Type species: Monanthia

{Monosteira) parvula Signoret.

Phaenotropis cleopatra (Horvath)

Monosteira cleopatra Horvath 1905. Phaenotropis

cleopatra Drake 1957a. Type: Vienna Museum.

Genus Physatocheila Fieber

Monanthia {Physatocheila) Fieber 1844. Physa-

tocheila Stal 1873. Phyllochisme Kirkaldy 1904.

Type species: Acanthia quadrimaculata Wolff =

Acanthia costata Fabricius.

Physatocheila chatterjeei Drake & Poor 1936. Type:

United States National Museum.

Physatocheila dryadis Drake & Poor 1936. Host:

78

CATALOGUE OF INDIAN TINGIDAE

Quercus dilatata. Type: United States National

Museum.

Physatocheila exolasca Drake 1954a. Type: United

States National Museum.

Physatocheila fasciata (Fieber)

Monanthia ( Physatocheila ) fasciata Fieber 1844.

Monanthia fasciata Stal 1873; Distant 1903b. Phy-

satocheila fasciata Drake 1937b. Type: Unknown.

Physatocheila gibba (Fieber)

Monanthia ( Physatocheila ) gibba Fieber 1844.

Monanthia gibba Stal 1873. Physatocheila gibba

Drake & Ruhoff 1960b. Type: Unknown.

Physatocheila lenis Drake & Poor 1939. Type: Unit-

ed States National Museum.

Physatocheila marginata (Distant)

Telonemia marginata Distant 1909, 1910. Physato-

cheila marginata Drake & Ruhoff 1965. Type:

British Museum.

Phyllontochila ravana = Ammianus ravanus

P. dentata — Belenus dentatus.

Genus Pontanus Distant

Pontanus Distant 1902. Teratochila Drake & Poor

1936. Type species: Monanthia gibbifera Walker.

Pontanus puerilis (Drake & Poor)

Teratochila puerilis Drake & Poor 1936; Singh

1953. Host: Teak. Type: United States National

Museum.

Genus Recaredus Distant

Recaredus Distant 1909, 1910. Type species: Rec-

aredus rex Distant.

Recaredus rex Distant 1909, 1910. Z.S.I. Calcutta.

(Genus Serenthia is a synonym of Agramma)

Serenthia gibba = Agramma gibbum

Genus Stephanitis Stal

Stephanitis Stal 1873. Cadamustus Distant 1903a,

1903b, 1910. Maecenas Kirkaldy 1904. Calliphanes

Horvath 1906b. Mokanna Distant 1910. Type

species: Acanthia pyri Fabricius.

Stephanitis assamana Drake & Maa 1954. Type:

British Museum.

Stephanitis assamana sub sp. eremnoa Drake & Ru-

hoff 1960b. Type: British Museum.

Stephanitis charieis Drake & Mohanasundarum 1961.

Host: Artocarpus integrifolia. Type: United States

National Museum.

Stephanitis gallarum Horvath 1906a; Distant 1910;

Singh 1953. Host: Machilus gamblei. Type: Hun-

garian Museum.

Stephanitis princeps (Distant)

Mokanna princeps Distant 1910. Stephanitis prin-

ceps Horvath 1912b. Type: British Museum.

Stephanitis steeleae Drake & Maa 1954. Type: Bri-

tish Museum.

Stephanitis subfasciata Horvath 1912b; Drake 1948b.

Type : Unknown.

Stephanitis takeyai Drake & Maa 1955. Type: Un-

known.

Stephanitis typica (Distant)

Cadmustus typicus Distant 1903a, 1903b. Stepha-

nitis typicus Distant 1910, Nagaraj & Menon 1956;

Shanta, Menon & Pillai 1960. Stephanitis typica

Fletcher 1920. Stephanitis indiana Drake 1948b.

Type: United States National Museum.

Stephanitis sordidus : not yet recorded from India.

Genus Tanytingis Drake

Tanytingis Drake 1939. Type species: Tanytingis

takahashii Drake.

Tanytingis assamana Drake & Lutz 1953. Type: Uni-

ted States National Museum.

Genus Teleonemia Costa

Teleonemia Costa 1864; Stal 1873. Type species:

Teleonemia funerea Costa.

Teleonemia scrupulosa Stal 1873; Khan 1945; Roon-

wal 1952; Singh 1953. Teleonemia lantanae Beeson

& Chatterjee 1940. Host; Lantana aculeata. Type:

Unknown.

Teleonemia assamensis = Ulonemia assamensis.

Teleonemia atra = Abdastartus atrus.

Teleonemia marginata = Physatocheila marginata.

Genus Tingis Fabricius

Tingis Fabricius 1803. Phyllontocheila Fieber 1844

(in part); Distant 1903b. Type species: Cimex

cardui Linnaeus.

Tingis agrana Drake & Livingstone 1964. Type:

United States National Museum.

Tingis buddleiae Drake 1930. Tingis himalayae

Drake 1948d. Host: Vitrex trifolia. Type: United

States National Museum.

Tingis comosa (Takeya)

Dictyonota comosa Takeya 1931. Tingis comosa

Drake 1948a. Type: Kyushu University.

Tingis consaepta Drake & Poor 1939. Type: United

States National Museum.

Genus Trachypeplus Horvath

Tr achy pe plus Horvath 1926. Type species: Trachy-

79

JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. 73

peplus jacobsoni Horvath.

Trachypeplus jacobsoni Horvath 1926; Drake &

Poor 1936; Singh 1953. Type: Unknown.

Trachypeplus malloti Drake & Poor 1936. Host:

Mallotus philippinensis. Type: United States Na-

tional Museum.

Genus Ulonemia Drake & Poor

Perissonemia (Ulonemia) Drake & Poor 1937a.

Ulonemia Drake 1942b. Type species: Perissonemia

( Ulonemia ) dignata Drake & Poor.

Ulonemia assamensis (Distant)

Teleonemia assamensis Distant 1903a, 1903b. Ulo-

nemia assamensis Drake & Ruhoff 1960b. Type:

British Museum.

Genus Urentius Distant

Urentius Distant 1903b. Ayrerus Distant 1903b.

Type species: Urentius echinus Distant = Tingis

hystricellus Richter.

Urentius euonymus Distant 1909.

Urentius maculatus Drake 1933. Urentius euphor-

biae Menon & Hakk 1959b {nom. nud.). Type:

British Museum.

Urentius hystricellus (Richter)

Tingis hystricellus Richter 1869. Ayrerus hystri-

cellus Distant 1903b. Urentius echinus Distant

1903b, Maxwell-Lefroy 1909; Fletcher 1920; Singh

1953; Patel & Kulkarny 1955. Urentius olivaceus

Distant 1909, 1910. Urentius sends Distant 1909,

1910. Urentius hystricellus Drake & Ruhoff 1960a.

Host: Solanum melongena. Type: Unknown.

Urentius echinus = Urentius hystricellus

Urentius olivaceus = Urentius hystricellus

Urentius sends — Urentius hystricellus

Urentius indicus Menon & Hakk 1959b {nom.

nud.)

Urentius pusaensis Menon & Hakk 1959b {nom.

nud.)

Refe:

Amyot, C. J. B. & Serville, J. G. A. (1843):

Histoire naturelle des insectes. Hemipteres. Paris,

pp. 675.

Beeson, C. F. & Chatter jee, N. C. (1940) : Pos-

sibilities of control of lantana {Lantana aculeata

Linn.) by indigenous insect pests. Ind. Forest Rec.

(N.S.) 6:41-84.

Urentius sidae Menon & Hakk 1959b {nom. nud.)

Urentius zizyphifolius Menon & Hakk 1959b

{nom. nud.)

Tribe ypsotingini Drake & Ruhoff

Genus Derephysia Spinola

Derephysia Spinola 1837. Type species: Tingis

foliacea Fallen.

Derephysia gardneri Drake & Poor 1936. Type:

United States National Museum.

Genus Dictyonota Curtis

Dictyonota Curtis 1827; Fieber 1844; Walker

1873a. Type species: Dictyonota strichnocera

Fieber.

Dictyonota pakistana Drake & Maldonado 1959.

Type: United States National Museum.

Dictyonota pusana Drake & Maa 1955. Type: British

Museum.

Genus Dictyodngis Drake

Dictyodngis Drake 1942a. Type species: Dictyo-

tingis gibberis Drake.

Dictyodngis gibberis Drake 1942a. Type: United

States National Museum.

Dictyodngis monticula Drake 1956b. Type: United

States National Museum.

Note: The following taxa have been wrongly clas-

sified as Tingidae.

1. Cymus basicornis Distant 1903b. — Lygaeidae

2. Phyllogasterotinginae Menon &

Hakk 1959a {nom. nud.); Menon,

Beri & Singh 1959. = Coreidae

3. Phyllogasterodngis acheranthi

Menon & Hakk 1959a (gen. sp.; .

nom. nud.); Menon, Beri &

Singh 1959. = Coreidae

EN CES

Bergroth, E. E. (1898): Eine neue Tingidae.

Wiener Ent. Zeitung. 17:9.

Costa, A. (1864) : Annuario del Musco Zoologico

della R. Universita di Napoli. Napoli. 2:1-176.

Curtis, J. (1823-1840) : British entomology; being

illustrations and descriptions of the genera of insects

found in Great Briton & Ireland. London. 16 vols.

80

CATALOGUE OF INDIAN TINGIDAE

Distant, W. L. (1902) : Rhynchotal notes XIII.

Heteroptera: Families Tingididae, Phymatidae and

Aradidae. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (ser. 7) 9:353-362.

(1903a): Contributions to a know-

ledge of the Rhynchota. Ann. Soc. Ent. Belgique.

47:43-65.

(1903b): The Fauna of British In-

dia including Ceylon & Burma. Rhynchota. 2:1-503.

Taylor & Francis, London.

(1904): On the South African Tin-

gididae and other heteropterous Rhynchota. Trans.

South African Philos. Soc. 74:425-436.

(1909) : New Oriental Tingididae.

Ann. Soc. Ent. Belgique. 55:113-123.

(1910): The Fauna of British India

including Ceylon & Burma. Rhynchota. 5:100-126."

Taylor & Francis, London.

(1911) : Rhynchota Indica (Heter-

optera). Entomologist. 44:269-271.

Drake, C. J. (1927) : Tingitidae from the Far

East (Hemiptera). Philippine Jour. Sci. 32:5 3-59.

(1930) : Concerning some Tingitidae

from the Philippines (Hemiptera) with new species.

Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. 52:165-168.

(1933): On some Tingitidae from

South India including two new species (Hemiptera).

J. Bombay nat. Hist. Soc. 36: 1015-1016.

(1936) : An undescribed Tingid

from South India, ibid. 59:145.

(1937a): Some Tingitidae from

China, East Indies and India. Lingnan Sci. Jour.

76:385-388.

(1937b) : Tingitidae from South

China (Hemiptera). ibid. 76:591-594.

(1939) : A new genus and species

of tingids (Hemiptera) from Formosa. Trans. Nat.

Hist. Soc. Formosa. 29: 205-206.

(1942a) : New Tingitidae (Hemip-

tera). Iowa State Coll. Jour. Sci. 77:1-21.

(1942b) : New Australian Tingitidae

(Hemiptera). Jour. Wash. Acad. Sci. 32: 359-364.

(1947) : A new genus and two new

species of Tingidae (Hemiptera). Biol. Mus. Nac.

Rio de Janeiro. 81: 1-4.

(1948a) : Some Tingidae (Hemip-

tera) from China, Japan and India. Musee Heude.

Notes d ’ Entomologie Chinoise. 72:1-9.

(1948b): New species of Stepha-

nitis Stal including a list of species of the World

(Hemiptera). ibid. 72:45-56.

(1948c) : New genera and species

of Tingidae (Hemiptera) Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash.

67:149-156.

(1948d) : New Tingidae from the

orient and other regions (Hemiptera: Heteroptera).

Musee Heude, Notes d’ Entomologie Chinoise. 12:

173-178.

— (1948e) : The genus Cochlochila

Stal (Hemiptera: Tingidae). ibid. 72:179-181.

(1950) : Concerning the Cantacad-

erinae of the world (Hemiptera: Tingidae). Arthro-

poda. 7:165-178.

(1951): New genera and species

of Tingidae (Hemiptera) in the Hungarian National

Museum. Ann. Hist. Nat. Mus. Nat. Hungarici. 1 :

165-178.

(1953a) : Synonymic data and des-

cription of new genera and species of Tingidae

(Hemiptera). Great Basin Nat. 75:91-99.

(1953b) : A new genus and new spe-

cies of Tingidae (Hemiptera). Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash.

66: 211-224.

(1954a) : A miscellany of new Tin-

gidae (Hemiptera). ibid. 67:1-15.

(1954b): Tingidae: description and

synonymic data (Hemiptera). Great Basin Nat. 14:

1-10.

(1956a): New African Tingidae

(Hemiptera). Rev. Zool. Bot. Africaine. 55:109-113.

(1956b) : New African and Asian

Tingidae (Hemiptera). Great Basin Nat. 76:18-22.

(1957a): Hemiptera: Tingidae. Bri-

tish Museum Expedition to South West Arabia 1937-

38. 7:415-420.

(1957b) : The genus Belenus Distant

and its allies. ( Hemiptera : Tingidae). Quart. Jour.

Taiwan Mus. 10: 31-35.

(1957c) : Tingidae de Madagascar

(Hemiptera). La Naturaliste Malgache. 9: 125-131.

Drake, C. J. & Livingstone, D. (1964) : The new

species of lace bugs from India (Hemiptera: Tin-

gidae). Great Basin Nat. 24:27-30.

Drake, C. J. & Lutz, J. C. (1953) : Two undes-

cribed Tingidae from India (Hemiptera). Bull. Bro-

oklyn Ent. Soc. 48: 104-106.

Drake, C. J. & Maa, T. (1953): Chinese and

other oriental Tingoidea (Hemiptera). Quart. Jour.

Taiwan Mus. 6:87-101.

(1954) : Chinese and other oriental

Tingoidea (Hemiptera). Part II. ibid. 7:111-118.

(1955) : Chinese and other oriental

Tingoidea (Hemiptera). Part III. ibid. 5:1-11.

81

6

JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. 73

Drake, C. J. & Maldonado, C. J. (1959) : A new

tingid from Pakistan (Hemiptera). Bull. Brooklyn

Ent. Soc. 54: 25-26.

Drake, C. J. & Mohanasundarum, M. (1961):

New Tingidae from south India (Hemiptera). Great

Basin Nat. 21:1 08- 1 1 3.

Drake, C. J. & Poor, M. E. (1936) : New Indian

Tingidae (Hemiptera). Indian Forest Records 2:

141-149.

(1937a) : Tingitidae from Malaysia

& Madagascar (Hemiptera). Philippine Jour. Sci.

62: 1-18.

(1937b) : Some Tingitidae (Hemip-

tera) from Oceania. Iowa State Coll. Jour. Sci. 11:

397-404.

(1939): Some Tingitidae (Hemip-

tera) from Eastern Hemisphere. Proc. Hawaiian Ent.

Soc. 10: 203-207.

Drake, C. J. & Quadri, M. A. H. (1964) : A new

species of lace bug from Pakistan (Hemiptera: Tin-

gidae). Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 77:247-250.

Drake, C. J. & Ruhoff, F. A. (1960a): Lace-bug

genera of the world (Hemiptera: Tingidae). Proc.

U.S. Nat. Mus. 772:1-105.

(1960b): Tingidae: new genera,

species, homonyms and synonyms (Hemiptera).

Great Basin Nat. 20: 29-38.

(1961): New species and taxono-

mic changes in the Tingidae (Hemiptera). Jour.

Kansas Ent. Soc. 54:145-151.

(1962) : Synonymic changes and

four new species of Tingidae (Hemiptera). Bull.

Southern California Acad. Sci. 60: 156-164.

(1965): Lace bugs of the world:

A catalogue (Hemiptera: Tingidae). U.S. Nat. Mus.

Bull. No. 243, pp. 634.

Fabricius, J. C. (1803): Systema rhyngotorum,

Secundum ordines, genera, species, adiectis synony-

mis, locis, observationibus descriptionibus. pp. 314.

Fieber, F. X. (1844): Entomologische Mono-

graphien. pp. 138. Leipzig.

Fletcher, T. B. (1918): Report of the Proceed-

ings of the Second Entomological meeting, Pusa,

1917. pp. 340.

(1920) : Report of the Proceedings

of the Third Entomological meeting Pusa. 1919. 7:

263-264.

Horvath, G. (1905): Tingitidae novae vel minus

cognitae e regione Palaearctica. Ann. Mus. Nat.

Hungarici. 5:556-572.

(1906a) : Synopsis Tingitidarum re-

gionis Palaearcticae. ibid. 4:1-118.

(1906b) : A new gall-inhabiting bug

from Bengal. Entomologist Monthly Mag. 42:33-34.

(1906c) : Sur quelques hemipteres

nuisibles de cochinchine. Bull. Soc. Ent. France.

pp. 295-297.

(1909): Adnotationes synonymicae

de hemipteris ncnnullis extraeure paeis. Ann. Mus.

Nat. Hungarici. 7: 631-632.

(1910): Hemiptera: Tingitidae and

Aradidae. Wissenschaftliche ergebnisse der schwed-

ischen zoologischen expidition nach dem Kilimand-

jaro dem Meru und den Umgebenden Massaisteppen

Deutsch Ostafrikas 1905-1906, pp. 61-72.

(1911): Miscellanea hemipterologi-

ca I-V. Ann. Mus. Nat. Hungarici. 9:327-338.

(1912a) : Deux tingitides nouveaux

du Congo Beige. Rev. Zool. Africaine. 7:353-355.

(1912b) : Species generis Tingitid-

arum Stephanitis. Ann. Mus. Nat. Hungarici. 10:

319-339.

(1962): Hemipterologische notizen

aus Niederlandisch Indien. Treubia. 5:327-333.

Iyengar, M. O. T. (1924) : The life history of a

tingid bug, Monanthia globulifera. Report of the

Proceedings of the fifth Entomological meeting,

Pusa. 1923. pp. 296-299.

Khan, A. H. (1945): On the lantana bug ( Tele -

onemia scrupulosa Stal). Ind. Jour. Ent. 6:149-161.

Kirkaldy, G. W. (1902) : Memoirs on Oriental

Rhynchota. /. Bombay nat. Hist. Soc. 74:46-56 &

294-309.

(1904): Bibliographical and nomen-

clatorial notes on the Hemiptera. No. 3. Entomo-

logist. 37: 279-283.

(1908): Notes on some Sinhalese

Hemiptera. Ann. Soc. Belgique. 52:9-16.

Lindberg, H. (1927) : Zur kenntis der heterop-

teren-fauna von Kamtschatka sowie der Amur — und

Ussuri — Gebiete Ergebnisse einer von y. Wuorentaus

im Jahre 1917 unternommenen Forschungsreise. Acta.

Soc. Fauna Flora Fennica. 56: 1-26.

Maa, T. (1957) : Nymphal stages of certain Orien-

tal Tingidae (Hemiptera). Quart. Jour. Taiwan Mus.

10: 117-133.

Maxwell-Lefroy, H. (1909) : Indian Insect Life.

Calcutta, pp. 786.

Mayr, G. L. (1865): Diagnosen neuer hemipte-

ren. Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien. 75:429-446.

Menon, M. G. R., Beri, Y. P. & Singh, S. (1959) :

A new record of a tingid from Delhi. Ind. Jour. Ent.

82

CATALOGUE OF INDIAN TING1DAE

21: 286-287.

Menon, M. G. R. & Hakk, S. A. (1959a) : A new

subfamily of Tingidae (Heteroptera : Tingoidea)

from India. Proc. 46th lnd. Sci. Cong. Part III.

p. 392.

! (1959b) : A revision of the genus

Urentius Distant with descriptions of five new spe-

cies (Heteroptera: Tingidae). ibid. p. 393.

Motschulsky, V. (1863) : Essai d’un catalogue

des insectes de Tile Ceylon. Bull. Soc. Imp. Nat.

Moscou. 56:1-153.

Nagaraj, A. N. & Menon, K. P. V. (1956) : Notes

on the etiology of the wilt (root) disease of coco-

nut palms in Travancore-Cochin. The lnd. Coconut

Jour. 9:161-165.

Patel, R. C. & Kulkarny, H. L. (1955): Biono-

mics of Urentius echinus Dist. (Hemiptera: Hetero-

ptera) an important pest of brinjal ( Solanum melon-

gena L.) in North Gujarat. J. Bombay nat. Hist. Soc.

53: 86-96.

Richter, H. C. (1869): A new insect from Cey-

lon. Hardwicke’s Sci. Gossip, p. 84.

Roonwal, M. L. (1952) : The natural establish-

ment and dispersal of an imported insect in India —

the lantana bug, Teleonemia scrupulosa Stal (= lan-

tanae Distant) (Hemiptera, Tingidae) with a des-

cription of its eggs, nymphs and adults. Jour. Zool.

Soc. India. 4:1-16.

Saunders, E. (1876) : Descriptions of new Hemi-

ptera-Heteroptera. Entomologists Monthly Mag. 13 :

102-103 & 1876-1877.

Schouteden, H. (1916) : Tingides du Congo Beige.

Rev. Zool. Africaine. 4:288-297.

! (1919) : Tingides nouveaux du Con-

go Beige, ibid. 6:138-144.

(1923) : Nouvelles notes sur les

tingides du Congo Beige, ibid. 11: 82-110.

| (1953) : Tingides congolais nouve-

aux. Rev. Zool. Bot. Africaines. 45:165-171.

Scott, J. (1874) : On a collection of Hemiptera

Heteroptera from Japan. Descriptions of various new

genera and species. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (ser. 4).

74:289-304, 360-365, 426-452.

Shanta, P., Menon, K. P. V. & Pillai, K. P.

(1960) : Aetiology of the wilt (Root) disease, inves-

tigation on its virological nature. The lnd. Coconut

Jour. 13:56-66.

Sharga, U. S. (1953) : Bionomics of Monanthia

globulifera Walk. (Hemiptera-Heteroptera : Tingi-

dae). J. Bombay nat. Hist. Soc. 57:885-889.

Singh, B. (1953) : Order Hemiptera, Family Tin-

gidae (Part 16). In A systematic catalogue of the

main identified entomological collection at the Forest

Research Institute, Dehra Dun. Ind. Forest Leaflets

No. 121, part 3, Entomology. Forest Research In-

stitute, Dehra Dun. pp. 117-120.

Spinola, M. (1837): Essai sur les genres d’insec-

tes appartenants a Border des hemipteres, Lin., ou

rhyngotes, Fab., et a la section heteropteres, Dufour.

pp. 383.

Stal, C. (1873) : Enumeratio Hemipterorum.

Kongl. Sevenska Vet.,-Akad. Handl. 77:1-163.

(1874) : Genera Tingitidarum Euro-

pae disposuit. Kongl. Vet.-Akad. Forh. 5:43-60.

Stephens, J. F. (1829): The nomenclature of Bri-

tish Insects. London, pp. 68.

Takeya, C. (1931): Some Tingidae of the Japa-

nese Empire. Mushi. 4:65-84.

(1933) : New or little known lace

bugs from Japan, Corea and Formosa (Hemiptera :

Tingitidae). ibid. 6:32-39.

Walker, F. (1873a) : Catalogue of the specimens

of Hemiptera-Heteroptera in the collection of the

British Museum. Part VI, pp. 210.

(1873b) : Catalogue of the speci-

mens of the Hemiptera-Heteroptera in the collection

of the British Museum. Part VII. pp. 213.

83

Ectoparasites of bats from Nepal1’2

Richard Mitchell3 and Fred Punzo4

Department of Zoology and Entomology,

Iowa State University,

Ames, Iowa 50010, U.S.A.

The ectoparasites collected from eleven species of Nepal bats are discussed. These records

constitute the most comprehensive data presently available on the external parasites of

Nepal Chiroptera. The ectoparasites consisted of nycteribiid flies ( Cyclopodia sykesii, Nyc-

teribosca proxima, N. modesta) , argasid ticks {Ornithodoros coniceps, Reticulinasus sp.,

Argas reflexus. A. vespertilionis, laelapid ( Neolaelaps spinosa ) and spinturnicid ( Spinturnix

plecotinus ) mites and several ischnopsyllid fleas ( Thaumapsylla breviceps, T. indicus, Mit-

chella exsula) .

Introduction

Very little information is available on the ecto-

parasites of the bats of Nepal. Ectoparasite

records of Chiroptera from adjacent areas have

been provided by Hoogstraal (1957), Kohls

(1957), Hoogstraal & Kaiser (1968) and Kai-

ser & Hoogstraal (1974). The Indian Subregion

including the Himalayas contains a varied en-

demic vertebrate and ectoparasite fauna that

merits detailed analysis. General investigations

on the external parasites of mammals excluding

bats are available in the literature (Anastos

1950; Dhanda & Rao 1964; Emerson 1971;

Hoogstraal 1970; Sharif 1928; Trapido & Floog-

straal 1964). Specific information concerning

ectoparasites of Nepal bats is provided by

Worth & Shah (1969) who list parasitic dip-

tera and fleas from the fruit bat, Rousettus

lesehenaulti, laelapid mites from Miniopterus

schreibersi and P ter opus giganteus, the flea

lschnopsyllus indicus identified from bats col-

1 Accepted October 1974.

2 The material on which this report is based was

obtained under the auspices of the Office of Naval

Research, Department of Navy, Washington, D.C.,

Project N00014-68-A-0101-0001, with Iowa State

lected near Kathmandu and by Lewis (1970)

who described the flea Mitchella exsula from

the pipistrelle bat, Pipistrellus babu. The pur-

pose of this paper is to provide a current com-

prehensive list of the ectoparasites of Nepal

bats. A detailed discussion of the geographical

districts of Nepal is given by Karan (1960).

Equipment and Method of study

The bats were collected by the senior author

in Nepal between 1967 and 1970. The majority

of specimens were collected with mist and insect

nets, and several were shot. Each captured

animal was immediately placed in a cloth bag

and stored in a sealed metal container pro-

vided with a small quantity of chloroform to

immobilize the ectoparasites. Later, each spe-

cimen was rubbed with a toothbrush over a

white pan with special attention being focused

around the eyes and ears for ticks, the belly

fur for fleas and the urogenital region for mites.

University.

3 Present address: 319 Melrose Ave., Toronto,

Ontario M5M 1Z5, Canada.

4 Dept, of Biology, Blackburn University, Carlin-

ville, Illinois 62626, U.S.A.

84

ECTOPARASITES OF BATS

Table 1

Ectoparasites collected from Nepal bats

(1967 to 1970)

Host Collection Number Number Ectoparasite

Species Locality Collected Parasitized Species

Pteropodidae

Cynopterus sphinx Sankhuwasabha 3

Pteropus giganteus Kathmandu 20

Rousettus leschenaulti Kathmandu 6

Rhinolophidae

Rhinolophus

ferrumequinum Kathmandu 2

R. lepidus Sindu 6

Vespertilionidae

Barbestella leucomelas Sindu 1

Eptesicus sp. Sankhuwasabha 1

My otis mysticinus Kathmandu 1

Nyctalus leisleri Dang-Deokhuri 1

Pipistrellus babu Sindu 7

Scotophilus heathi Banke 5

3 Thaumapsylla breviceps

(Siphonaptera: Ischnopsyllidae)

3 Nycteribosca modesta

(Diptera: Streblidae)

17 Neolaelaps spinosa

(Acari: Laelapidae)

15 Cyclopodia sykesii

(Diptera: Nycteribiidae)

6 Ornithodoros coniceps

(Acari: Argasidae)

3 Reticulinasus sp.

( Acari : Argasidae )

6 Thaumapsylla breviceps

(Siphonaptera : Ischnopsyllidae)

2 Cyclopodia sykesii

(Diptera: Nycteridiidae)

2 Cyclopodia sykesii

(Diptera: Nycteribiidae)

6 Spinturnix plecotinus

(Acari: Spinturnicidae)

5 Cyclopodia sykesii

(Diptera: Nycteribiidae)

3 Nycteribosca proximo

(Diptera: Streblidae)

1 Spinturnix plecotinus

(Acari : Spinturnicidae)

1 Argas sp.

(Acari: Argasidae)

1 Cyclopodia sykesii

(Diptera: Nycteribiidae)

1 Argas vespertilionis

( Acari : Argasidae )

6 Spinturnix sp.

(Acari : Spinturnicidae)

6 Ischnopsyllus indicus

(Siphonaptera: Ischnopsyllidae)

1 Mitchella exsula

(Siphonaptera: Ischnopsyllidae)

5 Argas vespertilionis

(Acari: Argasidae)

85

JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. 73

Each cloth bag was also carefully examined

for ectoparasites. The ectoparasites were pla-

ced in vials containing 70 per cent alcohol.

Data on each host included the Nepal Pro-

ject Number (NP), locality (Karan 1960),

date, sex, field notes and ectoparasites. Ecto-

parasite determinations were performed by Dr.

H. Hoogstraal (Acarina: Ixodoidea), director

of the Medical Zoology Section, Naval Medi-

cal Research Unit, Cairo, Egypt, UAR; Dr.

R. E. Lewis (Siphonaptera), Department of

Entomology, Iowa State University, Ames,

Iowa, USA; Dr. R. W. Strandtman (Acari)

of the Bishop Museum, Hawaii; and Dr. R.

Wenzel (Acari) of the Chicago Field Museum

of Natural History, Chicago, Illinois, USA.

Results and Discussion

The ectoparasites collected from 11 species

of Nepal bats are listed in Table 1. These ex-

ternal parasites consisted of nycteribiid flies

(C. sykesii, N. proxima, N. modesta), argasid

ticks (O. coniceps, Reticulinasus sp., A. re-

flexus, A. vespertilionus) , laelapid ( N . spinosa)

and spinturnicid ( S . plecotinus ), mites and

several ischnopsyllid fleas ( T . breviceps, T.

indicus, M. exsula).

Previous investigations of bat flies (Diptera)

have shown these ectoparasites to be represent-

atives of the Nyteribiidae and Streblidae. The

streblid, Nycteribosca proxima, was identified

from only one species of bat ( R . lepidus) in

the present study. Bat flies of the family Nyc-

teribiidae were identified from five species of

Nepal bats (Table 1). All nycteribiids collect-

ed were identified as Cyclopodia sykesii. C.

sykesii has been previously reported from Pter-

opus giganteus, P. intermedius and Scotophilus

kuhli from the Oriental Region by Scott

(1925).

Argasid ticks are obligate temporary para-

sites of vertebrates which prefer relatively open

terrain where they frequent enclosed habitats

such as caves, rock crevices and burrows (Bal-

ashov 1972). In this study, argasid ticks were ,

identified on four species of Nepal bats collect-

ed from the districts of Kathmandu, Sankhu-

wasabha, Dang-Deokhuri and Banke (Karan

1960), all of which are characterized by terrain

very similar to that described above as the

preferred habitat of these ticks.

The laelapid mite, Neolaelaps spinosa, has

been previously recorded from several Indian

specimens of P ter opus giganteus by Radovsky

(1967). Seventeen of twenty specimens of P.

giganteus from Kathmandu were also found

to be parasitized by this mite. N. spinosa has

also been recorded from bats of Ceylon, Java,

Australia and New Caledonia (Rodovsky

1967).

Spinturnicid mites have been found to be

exclusively parasitic on bats throughout their

life cycle. A detailed discussion of the spin-

turnicids is given by Rudnick (1960). The

spinturnicid mite identified from 3 species of

Nepal bats in this study was Spintur-

nix plecotinus. This species has been pre-

viously recorded only from vespertilionid bats

of the genus Plecotus (Rudnick 1960). The

identification of S. plecotinus from specimens

of Rhinolophus lepidus (Rhinolophidae), Bar-

best ella leucomelas (Vespertilionidae) and

Pipistrellus babu (Vespertilionidae) repre-

sents the first records of this mite from these

bats.

Several ischnopsyllid fleas were also identi-

fied from bat specimens. Thaumapsylla brevi-

ceps was identified from two species of bats

(Table 1). Ischnopsyllus indicus and Mitchella

exsula were identified from the host Pipistrel-

Jus babu.

86

ECTOPARASITES OF BATS

References

Anastos, S. A. (1950): The scutate ticks, or

Ixodidae, of Indonesia. Ent. Amer. 30 (N.S.), pp. 144.

Balashov, Y. S. (1972) : Bloodsucking ticks (Ixo-

doidea) : vectors of diseases of man and animals.

Ent. Soc. Amer. Misc. Publ. 5(5) : 161-376.

Dhanda, V. & Rao, T. R. (1964): A report on

a collection of ixodid ticks made in the Northeast

Frontier, India. Indian J. Med. Res. 52(1 1 ) : 1 1 39-

1153.

Emerson, K. C. (1971): New records of Mallo-

phaga from Nepalese mammals. J. Med. Ent. 8(6 ) :

622.

Hoogstraal, H. (1957) : Bat ticks of the genus

Argas (Ixodoidea, Argasidae). 2. Secretargus new

subspecies. Ent. Soc. Amer. Ann. 50(6) : 544-549.

(1970): Identity, distribution and

hosts of Haemaphysalis indica, a carnivore parasite

of the Indian subregion. J. Parasitol. 56(5): 1013-

1022.

Hoogstraal, H. & Kaiser, M. N. (1968): Bat

ticks of the genus Argas (Ixodoidea, Argasidae) .8.

A. ceylonensis, new species from Ceylon. Ann. Ent.

Soc. Amer. 6/(5) : 1049-1052.

Kaiser, M. N. & Hoogstraal, H. (1974): Bat

ticks of the genus Argas (Ixodoidea, Argasidae).

10. A. dewae, new species from southeastern Aus-

tralia and Tasmania. Ann. Ent. Soc. Amer. 67(2) :

231-237.

Karan, P. P. (1960): Nepal: a physical and cul-

tural geography. Univ. Kentucky Press, pp. 100.

Koiils, G. M. (1957): Malayan parasites. XVIII.

Ticks (Ixodoidea) of Borneo and Malaya. Stud.

Inst. Med. Res. Malaya 28: 65-94.

Lewis, R. E. (1970) : A new genus of bat flea

(Siphonaptera: Ischnopsyllidae) from the Himal-

ayas. J. Parasitol. 56(1) : 146-150.

Radovsky, F. J. (1967): The Macronysidae and

Laelapidae (Acarina: Merostigmata) parasitic on

bats. Univ. California Publ. Ent. 46: 1-288.

Rudnick, A. (1960): A revision of the mites of

the Family Spinturnicidae (Acarina). ibid. 17(2):

157-274.

Sott, H. (1925) : Zoogeographical and systematic

notes of the Nycteribiidae of India, Ceylon and

Burma. Rec. Ind. Mus. 28(5) : 351-384.

Sharif, M. (1928) : A revision of the Indian Ixo-

didae with special reference to the collection in the

Indian museum. Rec. Ind. Mus. 30(3) : 217-344.

Trapido, H. & Hoogstraal, H. (1964): Haema-

physalis cornigera shimoga from southern India.

J. Parasitol. 50(2) : 303-310.

Worth, R. M. & Shah, N. K. (1969): Nepal

Health Survey, 1965-1966. Univ. Hawaii Press,

Honolulu, pp. 158.

87

Responses of certain fishes and snakes

to sound1

P. V. Rajender Kumar,2 S. Kameswaran,3

M. V. Rajendran,4 S. Rajendran,5 and

M. N. Kutty6

( With three figures in a plate )

Very little work has been done on the hearing

capacity or mechanism of the lower vertebrates

in India. Earlier workers like Kreidi (1895)

believed that fishes were deaf or, at best, could

receive some vibrations through cutaneous

sense. Only after Bigelow (1904) and others,

was it proved conclusively that fishes do per-

ceive sound.

In fishes, in addition to the inner ear, the

lateral line system perceives both the displace-

ment of the medium and near field sounds of

low frequency range (Harris & Van Bergejik

1962; Tavolga 1971). It is thus obvious that

the hearing mechanisms in lower vertebrates

differ vastly from those of man and other

mammals, and a comparison of the different

hearing mechanisms could be of special in-

terest. While it is known that some of the lower

vertebrates have the capacity to hear air con-

ducted sounds, it is said that snakes perceive

sounds by bone conduction (Tumarkin 1968).

Eventhough there are some inconclusive re-

1 Accepted August 1974.

2 Assistant Professor and In-charge Audiology and

Neuro-Otology Depts.

3 Professor and Head of the Dept, of Otorhino-

laryngology, Madurai Medical College, Madurai,

Tamil Nadu. (Presently, Director, Institute of Otor-

hinolaryngology, Madras Medical College, Madras).

ports and concepts on the hearing capacity of

ophidians, scientifically proven studies are

wanting as obvious from the review of hearing

mechanisms in vertebrates by DeReuck &

Knight (1968). Hence, in this study, an attempt

is made to evaluate the hearing capacity of a

few fishes and snakes of South India.

Materials and methods

Four species of teleost fishes namely Rhino-

mugil corsula (Mullet), Tilapia mossambica

(Tilapia), Anabas scandans (Indian Climbing

Perch) and Cyprinus carpio (Common Carp)

and the following snakes: Ptyas mucosus

(Rat Snake), Argyrogena fasciolatus (Banded

Racer), Boiga ceylonensis (Ceylon Cat Snake),

Eryx johni (Sand Boa) and Ahaetulla nasu-

tus (Green Whip Snake) were used for this

study. Of these snakes, Boiga ceylonensis and

Ahaetulla nasutus are mildly poisonous snakes

(Rajendran 1968; Smith, Malcolm A. 1942).

4 Professor of Zoology, St. Xavier’s College, Pal-

ayamkottai.

5 Research Fellow.

6 Reader in Zoology, Dept, of Biological Sciences,

Madurai University, Madurai, Tamil Nadu. (Present

address: Professor & Head, Dept, of Fishery Science,

Tamil Nadu Agricultural University, Coimbatore).

88

Rajendra Kumar et al.\ Responses of fishes and snakes to sound

Left — Fig. 1. General experimental set-up showing the activity chamber, electronic counter, the water recirculation system (for fishes) and

audiometer. Right above — Fig. 2. Annular activity chamber showing experimental fish ( Tilapia mossambica ) inside and the connecting

ear phones from the audiometer. Right below — Fig. 3. Activity Chamber with the snake ( Ptyas mucosas ) inside.

RESPONSES OF FISHES AND SNAKES TO SOUND

An audiometer (Manufacturers: Bharat

Electronics Limited, Bangalore) with pure tone

and speech audiometry was used for this study

along with an activity chamber modified by

Kutty et al. (1971) connected to an electronic

counter (Fig. 1).

The experimental animal was left inside the

transparent plastic annular activity chamber

and the two ear phones of the audiometer with

rubber pads were snugly fitted to the two top

wells of the chamber. This unit was kept in-

side a wooden box to shut off external light

and disturbance. A peep hole covered with a

one way plastic viewer, was used for observing

the animal. The inside of the box was lighted

from above. There was provision for measur-

ing the random activity of the animal when it

moved round the chamber. This was facilitated

by focussing two beams of light (directed from

outside of the chamber) on two photocells

fixed in the inner hollow of the annular acti-

vity chamber. When the animal moved and

cut the beam of light the event was counted

and a record of the activity per unit time was

made.

In the case of fishes the activity chamber

was filled with water leaving an air column at

the top of the wells (Fig. 2) and there was

provision to flush the chamber with fresh water

continuously by means of a circulatory system.

As for snakes, the animals were left in the

chamber as such and their activity observed

(Fig. 3). In addition to random locomotary

activity of the animal, other behavioural chan-

ges were also observed and recorded.

Results and Discussion

Fishes

All the four species of fishes tested respond-

ed to pure tones. Different behavioural chan-

ges were observed in the four species. Beha-

vioural changes taken as responses to sound

were changes in locomotor activity and eyeball

movements. Locomotor activity and eyeball

movements were counted respectively by the

Electronic Counter and visually in an undis-

turbed condition (control). Various frequen-

cies of sound were fed to the annular chamber

through the ear phones and the intensity of

the jsound was increased stepwise every 10 dbs

and changes counted and analysed. In the case

of Mullet, its random locomotor activity in-

creased when subjected to the sound as could

be seen from the data given in Table 1.

Table 1

Responses (Changes in Locomotor Activity) to Sound in Rhinomugil corsula

89

JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. 73

As can be seen from the Table, Mullet,

which is a non-ostariophysid in which Webe-

rian ossicles are absent can perceive frequen-

cies upto a maximum of 1,500 cycles/second

only and the hearing threshold was found to

be about 20 dB. The lateral line system helps

in perceiving only low frequency tones. This

finding is in conformity with that of Maliukina

(1960).

Anabas scandans and Tilapia mossambica,

the two other species of fishes did not show

any significant change in locomotor activity

and hence other behavioural changes like mo-

vement of the eye balls were studied in both

these species. The rate of movement of the eye

balls was found to be lesser when they were

subjected to pure tones of various frequencies.

Hearing response in Anabas scandans is shown

in Table 2.

connected with the internal ear by means of

a chain of ossicles known as Weberian ossicles,

perceive high frequency sound (Enger 1968;

Tavolga 1971). The fish Anabas scandans has

an accessory respiratory organ known as the

labrynthiform organ — an air pocket in the

head, which functions similar to the swim blad-

der of the ostariophysids, aiding in auditory

functions. The sound converted as pressure

wave touching the fish is amplified by the swim

bladder or any other air pocket in the fish. In

spite of this the non-ostariophysids are also

able to perceive sound frequencies though at

a lower level. Behavioural study in response to

pure tone transmission in Tilapia mossambica,

further confirmed that the hearing in non-osta-

riophysids is limited to the low frequencies as

shown in Table 3.

Hearing responses of a typical ostariophysid.

Table 2

+ Decrease in Eyeball movements from control. — No decrease from control.

From above it is obvious that as regards

frequency discrimination Anabas scandans can

hear frequencies upto 3,000 c/s, threshold

of intensity for the various frequencies being

20 to 30 dB. This is similar to the observation

that ostariophysids which have a swim bladder

the common carp Cyprinus carpio is shown in

Table 4.

It can be seen that these fish responded

very well upto frequencies of 4000 c/s the

highest range of hearing capacity among all

fishes studied.

90

RESPONSES OF FISHES AND SNAKES TO SOUND

Table 3

Responses (Changes in rate of eyeball movements) to sound in Tilapia mossambica

A study of the 4 species of fishes confirmed a similar fashion as the branchial cavity in the

the view that ostariophysids have a better hear-

ing range than the non-ostariophysids. But the

threshold of hearing was about the same (20

to 30 dB) in both ostariophysids and non-

ostariophysids. It appears that the ostariophy-

sids possess the lowest auditory thresholds and

highest upper frequency limits. This is undoubt-

edly a function of the Weberian apparatus

which couples the auditory signal received by

the swim bladder to the inner ear in a manner

analogous to the operation of the middle ear

ossicles in man. Other air chambers can serve

labyrinthine fishes (Schneider 1941) and as

shown in the case of Anabas scandans.

Snakes

None of the snakes responded to pure tones.

However, all of them responded to music both

instrumental and drum, fed to the activity

chamber through an audiometer at 50 and 100

dB intensities. The results are shown in Table

5.

Ptyas muscosus (Rat Snake) when exposed

to the music of predominant low frequency

tones at 100 dB, the visible normal respiratory

91

JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. 73

Table 5

Responses to Sound in Snakes (Room Temp.: 27°C)

0 = No response. + U Mild response. ++ - Fair response. +++ = Good response.

movements suddenly stopped and was follow-

ed by hurried respiration indicating fright. For

the same music at 50 dB the response was only

mild.

Argyrogena fasciolatus (Banded Racer) when

screened responded markedly to music by mo-

ving its head from side to side. Its response

was good both at 50 and 100 dB.

Boiga ceylonensis (Ceylon Cat Snake) exhi-

bited continuous movements normally as also

when pure tones were fed, but responded well

to music by abrupt cessation of movements.

Eryx johni (Sand Boa) and Ahaetulla nas-

utus (Green Whip Snake) the other two snakes

also tested in this study, did not show any

definite response at all, to either pure tones or

the music. Eryx was highly inactive and indif-

ferent and Ahaetulla though active, did not

respond to sound appreciably.

In all these cases, the reaction seemed to be

one of fright.

Previous work on the endolymph and allied

fluids of fish and mammalia (Kameswaran et

al. 1972) and the effect of labyrinthine distur-

bance on metabolism and activity in certain

vertebrates (Kameswaran et al. 1974) has

shown that the inner ear as such is primitive

in fishes and less markedly developed in rep-

tiles; hence the limitations of hearing capacity

in these animals.

Summary

Study on responses to sound was carried out

on selected fishes and a few snakes.

It was found that in fishes the highest fre-

quency range upto 4000 cycles /second was

perceived by Cyprinus carpio, an ostariophysid.

The Anabas scandans which has an accessory

respiratory organ known as labyrinthiform or-

gan which functions similar to the swim blad-

der ostariophysids enables it to hear upto 3000

cycles/ sec. The other two, non-ostariophysids,

Rhinomugil corsula and Tilapia mossambica,

the highest frequency range was found to be

1500 and 1000 cycles/ second, respectively.

There was no significant variation in hearing

thresholds between the ostariophysids and non-

ostariophysids, which was about 20 to 30 dB.

It is interesting to note that snakes did not

respond to pure tone irrespective of the fre-

quency or intensity, whereas they responded

only to music (mixed tones) which was of pre-

dominant low frequency and that the response

was chiefly one of fright.

Of the snakes, studied, Ptyas mucosus, Arg-

yrogena fasciolatus and Boiga ceylonensis exhi-

bited very good response to sounds, whereas

Eryx johni and Ahaetulla nasutus, showed no

definite response.

The results of this study confirm that the

fishes and snakes have a much limited hearing

range when compared to man.

92

RESPONSES OF FISHES AND SNAKES TO SOUND

References

Bigelow, H. B. (1904): “The Sense of Hearing

in the Gold Fish Carassius auratus L.” Am. Natura-

list, 55:275-284.

DeReuck, A. V. S. & Knight, J. (1968) : Hear-

ing mechanisms in vertebrates. J & A Churchill Ltd.,

London.

Enger, Per. S. (1968): “Hearing in Fish” in

Hearing mechanisms in vertebrates, Ed. A. V. S.

DeReuck and Knight, J. J. & A Churchill Ltd.,

London, p. 4.

Harris, G. G. & Van Bergejik, W. A. (1962):

“Evidence that the Lateral Line organ responds to

near-field displacements of sound sources in Water”

/. Acoust. Soc. Am. 54:1831-1841.

Kameswaran, S., Kutty, M. N., Krishnan, S.

& Jeyapaul, J. I. V. (1972): “Biochemical Studies

of Endolymph and Allied Fluids of fish and Mam-

malia”. Ind. J. Otol. XXIV: 68-71.

Kameswaran, S., Kutty, M. N., Narayanan, M.

& Jeyapaul, J. I. V. (1974) : “Effect of Labyrinthine

Disturbance on Metabolism and Activity in certain

Vertebrates”. Ind. J. Otol. XXVI: 827-931.

Kreidl, A. (1895) : Ueber die Perception der

Schallwellen bei den Fischan. Arch. Ges. Physiol.

67:450-464.

Kutty, M. N., Peer Mohamed, M., Thiaga-

rajan, K. & Leonard, A. N. (1971): “Modification

of Fry’s Fish activity counter and Respirometer”.

Ind. J. Exp. Biol. 9: 218-222.

Maliukina, G. A. (1960): Hearing in Certain

Black Sea Fishes in Connection with Ecology and

Particulars in the structure of their hearing appar-

atus. Zh. Obschch. Biol. 27:198-205.

Rajendran, M. V. (1968): Nam Nattu Pambugal

(Snakes of Our Country) in Tamil. K. R. Publica-

tions, Palayamkottai, India.

Schneider, H. (1941): “Die Bedeutung der Atem-

hchle der Labyrinthfische fur ihr Horvermogen”, Z.

Vergleich. J. Physiol. 29:172-194.

Smith, Malcolm A. (1942): Reptilia and amphi-

bia. Vol. Ill — Serpentes — Fauna of British India,

Taylor & Francis, London.

Tavolga, N. William (1971) : “Sound Produc-

tion and Detection”, in Fish physiology. Ed. W. S.

Hoar and Randall, D. J. Academic Press, New York

and London.

Tumarkin, A. (1968) : “Evolution of the Audit-

ory Conducting Apparatus in Terrestrial Vertebrates”

in Hearing mechanisms in vertebrates, Ed. A. V.

S. DeReuck and Knight, J. J. & A. Churchill Ltd.,

London, p. 18.

93

On the occurrence of Arenicola bombayensis

Kewalramani et al. (Family Arenicolidae,

Polychaeta) at Muttam in south-west India1 *

M. Selvanathan

Scott Christian College , Nagercoil, Tamil Nadu

{With three text-figures)

Introduction

The records of the occurrence of the genus

Arenicola on Indian coasts are few. Two spe-

cies have been recorded from the coasts of

India. Ranade (1952) reported the occurrence

of the genus Arenicola on the Bombay coast.

It was later identified as a new species, Areni-

cola bombayensis , by Kewalramani et al.

(1959). Tampi & Rangarajan (1963) record-

ed Arenicola brasiliensis Nonato from Lacca-

dive Islands and Gaikwad (1971) from Ratna-

giri. Apart from these three records the genus

has not been known so far from any other part

of India.

Habitat

During a tour in late December 1970 to Mut-

tam coast, cylindrical castings, resembling those

of lugworms, were observed in a shallow inter-

tidal rock pool. Muttam is located (8° 10' N.,

77° 11' E.) about 24 km north of Cape

Comorin on the south-west coast of India. Two

large specimens of Arenicola were dug out

from the burrows, from about 40 cm below

the surface of the mud. The burrows were un-

1 Accepted August 1974.

lined. The lugworms were found head down-

wards in their burrows.

The mud in the pool was extremely soft and

black in colour, giving the smell of iodoform.

There was no vegetation and the water was

very clear. Several specimens of Hemichord-

ates were also collected from the same pool

along with Arenicola. Tampi & Rangarajan

(1963) also reported the presence of Hemi-

chordates with Arenicola brasiliensis.

The two lugworms were preserved in 5 per

cent formalin and were later identified as

Arenicola bombayensis Kewalramani et al. A

brief description of the forms is given below.

Arenicola bombayensis Kewalramani et al.

1959.

Measurements in mm:

Length excluding tail tail*

126 30

89 24

Colour pale brown in life, reddish brown

in preservative. Body anteriorly thick; tail re-

gion relatively short and narrow; head with-

out tentacles and palps; eyes tiny, indistin-

guishable externally; prostomium small and

trilobed. Peristomium and the succeeding seg-

* Broken in both forms.

94

ARENICOLA BOMBAYENSIS KEWALRAMAN1 et al.

ment without parapodia and setae; each seg-

ment of two annuli. First annulus of peristo-

mium subdivided into two. First three setiger-

ous segments with two, three, and four annuli

respectively; the remaining segments with five

annuli per segment. Annulation of the tail re-

gion, variable. The number of annuli per seg-

ment increases from the anterior region back-

wards. The tail region of the worm, measuring

126 mm in length, contains eleven segments,

each having 5, 5, 5, 9, 9, 10, 9, 10, 11, 12, and

12 annuli respectively. The worm measuring

89 mm contains eight segments in the tail re-

gion, which have 5, 5, 5, 5, 5 9, 9, and 20 an-

nuli respectively.

A portion of proboscis is everted through

the mouth. This is provided with several rows

of short, curved, conical papillae.

There are 17 setigers in segments 2 to 18. In

each segment a pair of parapodia is based on

the penultimate annulus which is slightly wider.

The parapodia have neither acicula nor cirri.

The notopodium bears elongated unjointed

setae which project from a setal sac. The noto-

podial setae are very sharply pointed; their dis-

tal ends are toothed (fig. 1). They are golden

yellow in colour and are arranged in two rows.

The maximum length of the notopodial seta

is 580 microns, of which 180 microns of the

distal end is exposed outside the setal sac. It

has a thickness of 70 microns in diameter.

The neuropodia are ventro-laterally located

and comprise of dorso-ventrally elongated mus-

cular ridges. Each neuropodium has one such

ridge from which the tips of double rows of

sigmoid setae project. The neuropodial seta

(crotchet) (fig. 2) is 280 microns in length

and 10 microns thick. The post-rostral region

of crotchets is not dilated. The neuropodia are

extended from notopodia to almost the mid-

ventral line. They are not conspicuous in the

first three setigerous segments.

Eleven pairs of elegantly pinnate gills with

12-18 main stems are associated with the para-

podia in setigerous segments 7 to 17 (inclu-

sive). They were red in colour, when alive,

because of blood. Ventral stems are very small.

A slight variation in the number of main stems

in the gills was noticed on the right and left

3£yi

Fig. 1. Tip of a notopodial seta.

Fig. 2. Neuropodial seta (Crotchet).

Fig. 3. Nephridium. LP — leaf-like process of neph-

rostome, DL — dorsal lip of nephrostome, VL —

ventral lip of nephrostome, NST — nephrostome,

EXT — excretory tube, BL — bladder and NP — neph-

ridiopore.

sides. The number of branches in each stem

ranges from 12 to 25 and they are arranged

alternately. The main stems of a gill radiate

out finger-like from the basal web.

The segments of the tail region lack para-

podia, but small epidermal papillae occur on

the tail. They are segmentally arranged. There

95

JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. 73

are 4 such papillae per segment — one dorsal,

two laterals and one ventral in position, and

all project backwards. Gamble & Ashworth

(1900) observed similar type of papillae in

A. cristata. Each papilla is 90 microns in

length, having a thickness of 30 microns in dia-

meter at the base and 15 microns at the dis-

tal end. The papillae are found on the penulti-

mate annulus when there are 5 annuli in a

segment, but are observed on the third annulus,

when the segment consists of more than 5 an-

nuli.

There are seven pairs of yellow nephridia

(fig. 3) opening on setigers five to eleven.

All the nephridia in the worm measuring 126

mm are uniform in size. The 6th nephridium

of the left side on the 10th setigerous segment

was removed and a permanent mount was

made. The length of the nephridium is 780

microns and width 240 microns. It has a large

nephrostome 480 in length with extremely

prominent, branched leaf-like processes on the

dorsal lip. The nephridiopores, which are not

hooded, are located just above and behind the

neuropodia.

Both are females. In the smaller worm the

body cavity was completely filled with masses

of developing eggs, which are discoidal in shape

and 70-160 microns in diameter. The eggs

numbered about 3.5 lakhs of which 10 per cent

range from 70 to 90 microns, 85 per cent of

eggs from 90 to 110 microns, and 5 per cent

of eggs from 110 to 160 microns in diameter.

The ovaries are not conspicuous.

The larger worm’s coelomic cavity contain-

ed very few eggs. The nephridia were consider-

ably enlarged and the excretory tube and blad-

der were distended and highly folded. These

two observations, of one worm with numerous

developing eggs and the second with very few

eggs and highly distended nephridia, show that

the breeding season of A. bombayensis at

Muttam, to be in December. Gaikwad (loc.

cit.) found eggs of A. brasiliensis at Ratnagiri

in April.

The position of the ventral nerve cord in

relation to muscle layers is of considerable

importance in arenicolid taxonomy. A trans-

verse section of the ventral body wall of one

of the branchiate segments was made and ex-

amined under a binocular dissecting micro-

scope. This showed that the longitudinal mu-

scle layer is interrupted, so that there is no

longitudinal muscle layer between the nerve

cord and the circular muscle layer. A small

gap is also noticed between the nerve cord and

the circular muscle layer.

The first septum bears a pair of backwardly

projecting septal pouches. At the hinder end

of the oesophagus there is a single pair of oeso-

phageal glands.

Remarks

The lugworms of the tropical and subtropi-

cal beaches of the world have been referred to

five species (Wells 1962) : R. cristata Stimp-

son 1856, A. carol edna Wells 1961, A. glasselli

Berkeley 1939, A. bombayensis Kewalramani

et al. 1959, and A. loveni Kinbery 1866. A.

bombayensis resembles A. cristata and A. bra-

siliensis (= A. carol edna Wells 1961) in hav-

ing 17 setigers and 11 pairs of gills and A.

glasselli in having 7 pairs of nephridia opening

on setigers V to XI. The position of the “dor-

sal septal change” between septal planes X

and XI confirms the close relation of A. bom-

bayensis to A. cristata, A. brasiliensis and A.

glasselli. A. bombayensis differs from A. cris-

tata in having no longitudinal muscle outside

the nerve cord. Examination of the nephridio-

pores reveals, however, an important distinc-

tion that those of A. bombayensis are plain,

while those of A. brasiliensis and A. glasselli

96

ARENICOLA BOMBAYENSIS KEWALRAMANI et al.

are fully hooded (Wells 1962).

A. bombayensis can be distinguished from

other species based on a number of important

anatomical characters such as 17 setigers, 11

pairs of gills highly pinnate with basal web,

7 pair of nephridia, naked nephridiopores, very

frilly nephrostomes, no longitudinal muscle

between nerve cord and circular muscle layer

and shortness of tail with segmentally arrang-

ed dermal papillae.

A lugworm collected by Ashworth (1911)

from Barrow Island in North-west Australia

has been identified as A. bombayensis by Wells

(1962). A. bombayensis has so far been record-

ed from Barrow Island in North-west Austra-

lia and from Bombay in India. Apart from

these two records, this species has not been

known to occur in any other part of the world.

The present record of this species extends its

range of distribution to the Muttam coast

(near Cape Comorin) on the south-west coast

of India.

Acknowledgements

I wish to express my sincere thanks to Dr

John D. K. Sundarsingh, Principal, Scott Chris-

tian College, Nagercoil, for providing research

facilities and taking interest in this work.

Thanks are also due to Dr D. A. Chandra

Bose, Professor of Zoology, Scott Christian

College, Nagercoil, for his useful criticism and

suggestions. I also thank Dr G. P. Wells, De-

partment of Zoology, University College, Lon-

don, for his encouragement and comments.

References

Ashworth, J. H. (1911): The annelids of the

family Arenicolidae of North and South America.

Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. 39: 1-32.

Gaikwad, U. D. (1971). Occurrence of Areni-

cola brasiliensis Nonato in Ratnagiri. Curr. Sci. 40

(1) : 17-

Gamble, F. W. & Ashworth, J. H. (1900) :

The anatomy and classification of Arenicolidae with

some observations on their post-larval stages. Quart.

J. Micro. Sci. 45:419-577.

Kewalramani, H. G., Wagh, P. V. & Ranade,

M. R. (1959) : Taxonomy of the lugworm found

off Bombay. J. Zool. Soc. India 77:109-115.

Ranade, M. R. (1952) : Occurrence of Arenicola

in Bombay. Curr. Sci. 27:165.

Tampi, P. R. S. & Rangarajan, K. (1963): On

the occurrence of Arenicola brasiliensis Nonato

(Family Arenicolidae, Polychaeta) in Indian waters.

7. Mar. Biol. Ass. India 5(1) : 108-112.

Wells, G. P. (1962) : The warm-water Lugworms

of the world (Arenicolidae, Polychaeta). Proc. Zool.

Soc. Lond. 138 : 331-353.

97

7

Authors’ catalogue of the botanical articles

published in the Journal of the

Bombay Natural History Society

(Vol. 1-66, 1886-1969)1

Compiled by

A. R

Introduction

This paper brings together all the botanical

articles that have appeared so far in this Jour-

nal from its very first volume till 1969. It

would be useful to any person interested in

Indian Botany. Attempt has been made here

to present them in a very simple form as an

aid to research workers. With a view to keep

this lengthy catalogue within a moderate size

only one main entry has been given for each

article. Although no pain has been spared to

maintain bibliographical accuracy, I shall be

grateful to readers for detection of omissions

and lapses. I am grateful to Miss D. Kanhere

for her help in compilation of this catalogue.

Abdus-Salam, M. (1940) : On the occurrence of

Cichorium intybus Linn. (Chicory) in Hyderabad,

Deccan. 41(3): 680.

Abraham, V. (1966): Utricularia minutissima

Vahl.: a new record for North India. 65(2) :459-460.

Acharya, H. N. (1933) : The Ashoke tree. 56(4) :

1021-1022.

Agarkar, D. S. (1969): Three little known spe-

cies of Anabaenopsis (Wolosz.) Miller from Gwa-

lior, (M.P.). 66(2) :41 1-412.

1 Accepted April 1971.

. Das

Agharkar, S. P. (1954): Chapters on the history

of Botany in India by I. H. Burkill in this journal.

57(4) : 846-878, a correction. 52(1) :228.

Ahuja, K. K. & Cherian, P. J. (1969): Cans-

cora concanensis C.B. Cl. in Maharashtra. 66(3) :

655-657.

Ajrekar, S. L. (1912) : The Castor rust (Mel-

ampsorella ricini, De Toni). 27(3) : 1092-1095.

(1919): On the identity of Blast os-

pora butleri Syd. 26(2) : 696-697.

Ali, S. A. (1931): The role of Sunbirds and

flower-peckers in the propagation and distribution

of the tree-parasite Loranthus longiflorus Dest. in

the Konkan (W. India). 55(1) : 144-149.

(1932) : Flower birds and bird flowers

in India. 55(3) :573-605.

Ali, S. I. (1957) : Dolichos bracteatus Baker: Cla-

rification of nomenclature. 54(3) : 797-798.

(1958) : On the identity of Kerstania

Rech. f. 55(2) : 378-380.

Allen, G. O. (1919) : A few additions to the

list of Mussoorie plants by James Marten in Vol.

XIX, p. 475. 26 ( 2): 695-696.

(1925): Notes on Charophytes

from Gonda, U.P. 56(3) :589-599.

Almeida, M. R. (1968) : Notes on Boerhavia.

65(1) : 266-268.

(1969) : Three new grasses from the

former Bombay Presidency. 66(3) : 5 10-5 17.

Alston, A. H. G. (1955) : A new weed for Cey-

lon. 55(1) : 151-152.

98

CATALOGUE OF BOTANICAL ARTICLES

Appala Naidu, B. (1953) : A new species of Ses-

amum. 57(3) : 697-698.

Ara, J. (1954): The flowering of Strobilanthes

auriculates Nees. 52(1) : 223-224.

(1960) : A cursory ecological survey

of the flora and fauna of Hazaribagh National Park

(Bihar). 57(2) : 326-338.

Argikar, G. P. & Solanki, M. S. (1954): Varia-

tion in the floral parts of Solatium melongena L.

52(1) : 226-228.

Aslam, M. & Kapoor, S. L. (1969) : A note on

Sonerila arguta R. Br. ex Naud. (Melastomataceae) .

66(3) : 66 1-662.

Babu, C. R. (1968) : Anthriscus scandicina (Web-

ber) Mans (Apiaceae) : a new record for India.

65(3) : 807-808.

(1968) : A new name in Campanula

Linn. (Campanulaceae) . 65(3): 808-809.

Bainbridge, G. (1886): On an instance of fructi-

fication in staminiferous plant Carica papaya. 1 (2) :

72-73.

Bakshi, T. S. (1954) : The vegetation of Pilani

and its neighbourhood. 52(2-3) : 484-5 14.

(1954): The genus Cyathula Lour.

in India. 52(2-3) :533-535.

Balakrishnan, N. P. & Henry, A. N. (1961):

Boswellia ovalifoliolata sp. nov. A new species of

Boswellia from South India. 58(2) : 546-548.

(1966) : Nomenclatural notes on

some flowering plants. 63(2) : 327-331.

Balapure, K. M. (1965): Some plant records

from the erstwhile Central Provinces and Berar.

62(3) : 455-462.

Bamber, C. J. (1906-1913): Plants of the Punjab.

A brief descriptive key to the flora of the Punjab,

North West Frontier Province and Kashmir.78(4) :

835-861; 79(l):59-86; 79(2) : 371-398; 79(3) :683-

721; 79(4) :943-975; 20(2) : 468-502; 29(3) : 800-836;

29(4) : 1084-1 102; 27(1) :203-228; 27(3) : 1022-1059;

22(1): 118-143; 22(3) : 569-597.

Banerji, G. H. (1921) : Note on the cotton tree

(Bombax malabaricum) . 27(4): 965.

Banerji, I. (1938) : A note on the embryology

of the ground nut (Arachis hypogaea L). 40(3) :

539-543.

(1940) : A contribution to the life

history of Tridax procumbens Linn. 42(l):89-99.

Banerji, K. G. (1930) : An instance of anomal-

ous branching of the conjugation tubes of an Indian

form of Spirogyra neglecta (Hass) Kuetz. 34(3) :

842-844.

Banerji, M. (1952) : Replacement of inflores-

cence by Turions in Caldesia reniforme Makino.

59(3) : 685-687.

Banerji, M. L. (1951) : Two new species of

Pimpinella. 59(1): 88-90.

(1952) : Observations on the distri-

bution of Gymnosperms in Eastern Nepal. 57(1) :

156-159.

(1953): Plants from East Nepal.

57(2) :407-423; 57(3) : 543-560; 57(4) :773-788.

(1955) : Some edible and medicinal

plants from East Nepal. 53(1) : 153-155.

(1955) : A vasculum for the moun-

taineer. 53 ( 1 ): 1 5 8- 1 60.

(1958) : Notes on the Liverwort

Flora of East Nepal. 55(1) : 37-41.

(1958) : Botanical exploration in

East Nepal. 55(2) : 243-268.

(1961) : Critical notes on Acer cam-

pbellii Hiern. 58(1) : 305-307.

(1961) : The Ophioglossales in Ne-

pal. 58(2): 554-556.

(1966): Rhododendrons in Nepal.

63(1) : 18-31.

Banerji, M. L. & Thapa, B. B. (1969): Orchids

of Nepal. 66(2) :286-296; 66(3) :577-583.

Banerji, S. P. (1967) : A new contribution in

Tournefortia Linn. (Boraginaceae). 64(2): 389.

Banerji, S. P. & Banerji, R. N. (1967): Notes

on Argyreia involucrata Clarke. (Convolvulaceae) .

64(3) : 586-587.

Bannerman, W. B. (1918): Cultivation of the

edible date palm Phoenix dactylifera in South India.

25(4) : 763-764.

Barclay, A. (1890) : Description of a new fungus

Aecidium esculentum Nov. Sp. on Acacia eburnes

Willd. 5(2) : 161-165.

Barnes, E. (1934): Some observations on the

genus Arisaema on the Nilgiri Hills, South India.

37(3) : 630-639.

(1944): Notes on the flowering

plants of Billigirirangan Hills. 44(3) : 436-459.

(1946) : Some observations on South

India Commelinas; two new species of Commelina

from South India. 46(1): 70-89.

Basu, A. (1956) : A specific for Leucoderma.

53(4) :743-745.

Beddome, R. H. (1908) : Notes on Indian ferns.

78(2): 338-342.

Bedi, S. J. et al. (1968) : Additions to the flora

of Pavagadh Hill Gujarat State. 65(2) : 522-524.

99

JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. 73

Bennet, S. S. R. (1965): Jatropha tanjorensis

Ellis et Saroja: a new record for Eastern India. 62

(2) : 329.

(1965) : Occurrence of Lindernia

oppositifolia (Retz.) Muk in West Bengal. 62(3) :

600.

(1969) : A new variety of Peristro-

phe bicalyculata (Retz.) Nees. from W. Bengal.

66(1) : 229.

(1969) : Phyllanthus mukerjeeanus

Mitra & Bannet new record for Orissa State. 66(3) :

655.

Benthall, A. P. (1950): Mecardonia dianther a

(Sw.) Pennell. 49(2): 322.

Bezbaruah, H. P. & Bezbaruah, B. (1963) : Sol-

anum aculeatissimum Jacq. A new record for Nor-

thern India. 66(3) : 759-761.

Bhandari, M. M. (1954) : On the occurrence of

Ephedra in the Indian desert. 52(1):10-13.

(1965) : A note on the identification

of some unrecorded desert plants from Kutch. 62

(2) : 332-335.

Bharati, S. G. (1959): A brief account of the

flora of Visnagar, N. Gujarat and its environs. 56

(3) : 588-610.

(1964) : Chlorococcales from Kodai-

kanal, South India. 67(2) : 475-479.

Bhargava, K. S. (1959) : Unusual and supple-

mentary food plants of Kumaon. 56(1) : 26-31.

Bharucha, F. R. & Satyanarayan, Y. (1954):

A new species of Arthraxon from Purandhar (Bom-

bay State). 52(2-3) :481-483.

Bhatnagar, G. S. (1960): On the nomenclature

of Jasminum virgatum Kerr. 57(2): 442.

Bhuyan, B. R. (1968) : A note on the use of

Croton tiglium Linn, seed as a fish poison in ponds.

65(1) : 236-239.

Birdwood, H. M. (1886): A catalogue of the

flora of Matheran. 7(4) : 203-214.

(1887): A catalogue of the flora of

Mahabieshwar and Matheran. 2(2) : 107-132.

(1896) : A catalogue of the flora

of Matheran and Mahabieshwar. 76(3) : 394-439.

(1899) : The hill forests of Western

India. 72(4) : 659-674.

(1904) : Vegetation in Sind. 76(1) :

172-173.

Bisht, D. B. (1964): Toxicity of yellow Oleander

Thevetia peruviana. 67(1) : 222-223.

Biswas, K. C. (1956) : Pteridophytes of Cooch

Behar. 55(3) : 493-496.

Biswas, K. P. (1930) : Contributions to our

knowledge of the freshwater Algae of Manipur

(Assam). 54(1) : 180-192.

(1932): Glimpses of the vegetation

of South Burma. 56(1) :285-287.

(1935): Notes on the systematic,

position of Sansevieria growing in India with special

reference to S. laurentii Wilderman. 55(1) : 154-157.

(1945) : A general review of the

Marine Algae of the Western coast of India. 45 (4) :

515-530.

Blatter, E. (1905): The fauna and flora of our

metallic money. 76(2) : 334-339.

(1905) : The mangrove of the Bom-

bay Presidency and its biology. 76(4) : 644-656.

(1906): The “Pectinate organs” of

Trapa bispirosa Roxb. (Water chestnut). 77(1): 84-

88.

(1906-07) : Flowering seasons and

climate. 77(2) : 334-350; 77(3) :697-708.

(1907) : Acta et agenda by the

Bombay Botanists. 77(3) : 562-577.

(1907) : Cassia renigera Wall. 77

(4): 1036-1037.

(1907): The flora of Aden. 77(4):

895-920; 18(1) :54-68.

(1908): Contributions to the flora

of North Coimbatore. 18 (2) : 390-429.

(1908) : The flora of the Bombay

Presidency. 75(3) :562-571.

(1908) : The ferns of the Bombay

Presidency. 18(3) : 599-6 12.

(1908): Ceylon ferns in the Bom-

bay Natural History Society’s Herbarium. 18(3) :

639-648.

(1908-09) : On the flora of Cutch.

75(4) :756-777; 79(1) : 157-176.

(1909) : The flora of Panchgani.

79(2) : 314-332.

(1910) : History of the sea coconut

(Lodoicea sechellarum Labill). 79(4) :925-937.

(1910) : A bibliography of the Bot-

any of British India and Ceylon. 26 : lxxix-clxxxv.

(1910-1918): The Palms of British

India and Ceylon indigenous and introduced. 26(1):

33-64; 26(2): 347-360; 26(3) :675-705; 26(4) :981-

995; 27(1) : 66-86; 27(2) : 343-391; 27(3) :912-968;

22(1) :67-86; 22(3) : 444-46 3; 22(4) :665-681; 25(2):

269-281; 25(3) :516-531; 25(4) : 737-744; 24( 1) : 66-

71; 24(2) : 329-340; 24(3) : 507-538; 24(4) :673-688;

25(1) : 52-62; 25(2) : 207-230; 25(3) : 386-415.

100

CATALOGUE OF BOTANICAL ARTICLES

(1911): A list of Indian Fungi

chiefly of the Bombay Presidency with description

of two new species. 27(1) : 146-152.

Blatter, E. & Hallberg, F. (1917) : Preliminary

notes on a recent botanical tour to the High Wavy

mountain. 25(2) : 290-296.

(1918) : New Indian Scrophularia-

ceae and some notes on the same order. 25(3) : 416-

429.

(1918) : A revision of the Indian

species of Rotala and Ammannia. 25(4) : 701-722;

26(1) : 210-217.

(1918): Contribution towards a

flora of Persian Baluchistan and Makran. 25(4):

723-739.

Blatter, E. (1918): The edible datepalm in Bom-

bay. 26(1): 306.

Blatter, E. & Hallberg, F. (1918-21): The flora

of the Indian desert. (Jodhpur and Jaisalmer). 26

(1) : 218-246; 26(2) : 525-551; 26(3) :81 1-818; 26(4):

968-987; 27(1) :40-47; 27(2) : 270-279; 27(3) :506-519.

Blatter, E. (1926) : The Luminescence in plants

and animals. 57(3) : 748-753.

(1926-35) : Revision of the flora of the

Bombay Presidency. 57(3) :547-557; 57(4) : 897-917;

52(1): 14-33; 52(2) :281-298; 52(3) :408-435; 52(4):

622- 649; 55(1) :7-25; 55(2) : 229-243; 55(3) : 480-496;

55(4) :753-775; 54(1): 12-26; 34(2) :291-306; 54(3) :

623- 637; 54(4) : 877-900; 55(1) : 13-31; 55(2) :253-

275; 55(3) :484-495; 55(4) :722-736; 5(5(1) : 13-28;

56(2) : 307-320; 56(3) :524-537; 56(4) :781-795; 57(1) :

15-35; 57(2): 255-277; 57(3) :532-548; 57(4) :764-

779; 55(1) : 6-1 8.

(1927) : Viviparity in a thistle. 57

| (4): 1039-1094.

Blatter, E. & McCann, C. (1927): Two new

species of grasses from Panchgani (Satara District).

52(2) : 357-358.

Blatter, E. (1928): A list of Orchids with some

new species from the High Wavy mountain. (Mad-

ura District). 52(3) :518-523.

Blatter, E. & McCann, C. (1928) : Some new

species of plants from the Western Ghats. 52(4) :

733-736.

Blatter, E. (1929) : New Commelinaceae from

the Western Ghats. 55(1) :73-77.

(1929) : A new species of Balano-

phora from Mahableshwar, Bombay Presidency. 55

(2) : 309-310.

(1929): Mosses of the Bombay

Presidency the High Wavy mountain and Mt. Abu.

55(4): 869-879.

(1929-30) : The flowering of Bam-

boos. 55(4) : 899-921; 54(1) : 135-141; 54(2) :447-

467.

Blatter, E., Millard, W. S. (1929-1936): Some

beautiful Indian trees. 55(3) :624-635; 55(4) :851-

856; 54(1) : 83-86; 54(2) :271-275; 54(3) :716-719;

55(1) : 60-64; 55(2) : 289-296; 55(3) : 525-529; 55(4):

824-825; 56(1) : 139-140; 56(2) : 353-355; 56(3) :521-

523; 56(4) :778-780; 57(l):36-37; 57(2) : 310-313;

57(3) :513-514; 57(4) :749-750; 55(1) :93-94; 55(2):

229-231; 55(3) :415-417; 59(1): 1-2.

Blatter, E. (1930) : What age can a tree reach?

54(2) : 594-597.

(1930) : A request for material

of Trapa (Water-Chestnut). 54(2) :597.

(1930) : A terrestrial Orchid found

epiphytic. 54(2) :599.

(1931): A new Ceropegia from the

Western Ghats. 54(4) :936.

(1931) : Some notes on the flowering

of Bamboos. 54(4) : 1097-1099.

— (1931) : Another new Ceropegia

from the Western Ghats. 55(2) :409.

(1932) : A new Gentian from North

Waziristan. 55(4): 861.

(1932) : A Plantago new to the Bom-

bay Presidency. 55(4): 915.

(1933): New plants from Waziris-

tan. 56(2) :477-484.

Blatter, E. & Fernandez, J. (1933-1934): The

flora of Waziristan. 56(3) :665-687; 56(4) :951-977;

57(1) : 150-171; 57(2) : 391-424; 57(3) :604-619.

Blatter, E. & McCann, C. (1933): Fruit of

Cryptocoryne tortuosa Blatter and McCann. 56(3) :

760.

Bole, P. V. (1964) : An interesting root-parasite

from Saurashtra Cistanche tubulosa Wt. 76(2) :472-

473.

Bole, P. V. & Santapau, H. (1951) : A note on

N euracanthus sphaerostachyus Dalz. 50(2) :428-430.

Bole, P. V. & Shah, V. (1961): Convolvulus

pluricaulis Choisy a synonym of Convolvulus micro-

phyllus Sieb. 55(3) :838-839.

Bombay, R. D. (1940) : On Frerea indica. 47(3) :

679.

Bor, N. L. & Raizada, M. B. (1939-48): Some

beautiful Indian climbers and shrubs. 47(1): 1-11;

47(2) : 203-220; 47(3) : 453-460; 47(4) :681-690; 42

(1) : 1-12; 42( 2) : 233-241; 42(3) :455-471 ; 42(4) : 685-

101

JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. 73

703; 43(1) : 1-10; 43(2): 115-129; 43 ( 3) : 291-297; 43

(4) : 539-552; 44(1): 73-77; 44(2) : 159-163; 44(3):

315-321; 44(4) :499-505; 45(1) : 1-4; 45(2) : 97-105;

45(3) : 263-279; 45(4) : 451-461 ; 46(1): 1-12; 46(2):

205-216; 46(3) :411-413; 46(4) : 567-575; 47(l):l-25;

47(2): 195-196; 47(3) :401-408.

Bor, N. L. (1942): Fasciated inflorescence of

Acrocarpus fraxinifolius Wight. 45(1) : 113-114.

(1950) : Two new species of Ischae-

mum from Bombay. 49(2) : 165-168.

(1951): The genus Vulpia Gmel.

in India. 56(2) : 340-343.

— (1952): The genus Poa Linn, in

India. 56(4) :787-838; 57(1) :61-103.

(1953-54) : The genus Cymbopogon

Spreng in India, Burma and Ceylon. 57(4) : 890-916;

52(1): 149-183.

(1961): A new grass from Bom-

bay. 55(1) : 317-318.

Bose, S. R. (1930) : On the true nature of nuclear

divisions in old internodes of local Tradescantia

stems. 54(3) :840-841.

Bourdillon, T. F. (1897): The re-discovery of

Strychnos rheedii (Clarke). 76(4) :690-691.

( 1899) : Descriptions of some new

or rare trees from Travancore. 72(2) : 349-353.

(1900): Description of a new spe-

cies of Ficus from Travancore. 75(1) : 155-156.

Bowden, E, (1950) : The flowering of Strobilan-

thes. 49( 3):576.

Brook-Fox, E. (1917) : Fall of seed in rain storm.

25(2) : 313.

Burkill, I. H. (1908): The Indian Doum (Hy-

phaene) palm. 75(4) : 929-930.

(1953-1963) : Chapters on the hist-

ory of botany in India. 57(4) : 846-878; 54(1) :42-

86; 55(3): 678-706; 59(2) : 335-359; 59(3) : 747-777;

66(1) :49-83; 66(2) : 356-370.

Burns, W. (1910): A tamarix association. 26(1):

198-200.

(1911): A study of seashore vege-

tation. 26(4) : 1024-1027.

(1912): Second year growth of

plantain inflorescence. 27(2) : 706-707.

Burton, R. W. (1940): A visit to the Laccadive

Islands. 47(3) : 489-5 13.

(1952) : The Linaloe tree (Bur sera

delpechiana Poisson). 57(1) : 1 16-120.

(1960) : Food from grass minus the

cow. 57 (3) :7 02-7 03.

Caius, J. F. (1935): The medicinal and poison-

ous palms of India. 57(4) : 9 17-941.

(1935): The Papaw tree. 55(1) :41-

60.

(1935): The medicinal and poison-

ous Sedges of India. 55(1) : 163-170.

— (1935): The medicinal and poison-

ous ferns of India. 55(2) : 341-361.

(1936) : The medicinal and poison-

ous Grasses of India. 55(3) : 540-584.

(1936): The medicinal and poison-

ous Orchids of India. 55(4) :791-799.

(1936) : The medicinal and poison-

ous Aroids of India. 59(1) : 127-141.

(1937): The medicinal and poison-

ous Spiderworts of India. 39(2) : 361-365.

(1937): The medicinal and poison-

ous Campions of India. 59(3) : 561-568.

(1937) : The medicinal and poison-

ous Crowfoots of India. 59(4) : 712-729.

(1938): Medicinal and poisonous

plants of India. 46(1) : 69-95.

(1938) : Medicinal and poisonous

Spurges of India. 46(2) : 264- 3 13.

(1938): Medicinal and poisonous

plants of India: Waterlilies, Poppyworts, Fumitories.

46(3) : 51 3-527.

(1939) : The medicinal and poison-

ous Crucifers of India. 46(4) : 693-712.

(1939) : Medicinal and poisonous

plants of India. Capparids, Mignoneltes, Violets,

Rockroses, Bixads. 47(1) : 123-142.

Caius, J. F. & Radha, K. S. (1939): The gum

arabic of the bazars and shops of Bombay. 47(2):

261-271.

Caius, J. F. (1939) : Medicinal and poisonous

plants of India: Flacourtiads, Pittosporads, Milk-

worts, Seaheaths, Purslanes, Tamarisks. 47(2): 369-

383.

(1940): The medicinal and poison-

ous Composites of India. 47(3) : 607-645; 47(4):

840-873.

(1940): The pomegranate. 42(1):

13-37.

(1940) : The medicinal and poison-

ous Flaxworts of India. 42(1) : 167-170.

(1941): The medicinal and poison-

ous Labiates of India. 42(2) : 380-420.

(1941) : The medicinal and poison-

ous plants of India. Dammers, Guttifers, Silk-Cot-

tons, Teas, Tutsans, Water-Peppers. 42(3) : 617-639.

(1942): The medicinal mallowworts

of India. 45(2) : 226-241; 45(3) : 494-505.

102

CATALOGUE OF BOTANICAL ARTICLES

— (1943): The medicinal and poison-

ous Lindenblooms of India. 44 ( 1 ) : 92-101 .

(1945) : The medicinal and poison-

ous Sterculiads of India. 45(4) : 576-586.

Cane, A. G. (1886): Note on Vigna vexillata.

5(1): 28-29.

Carstensen, G. (1888): The conditions for the

distribution of plants and means by which it is per-

formed with special regard to Indian species. 5(2):

98-112.

(1889): How to facilitate the study

of Botany. 4(3) : 21 3-21 9.

(1890): Bombay Gardens. 5(4):

397-416.

(1891): Curious instance of abnor-

mal inflorescence of Caesalpinia ( Poinciana ) pul-

cherrima. 6(1) : 7 1-72.

(1891): Landscape gardening in

native states. 6(1) : 72-83.

(1891): Bombay Ferneries. 6(2):

153-175.

(1891): Doum palms in India.

6(2) :271-273.

(1891) : A gall on Tamarix dioica.

6(2) :273.

(1891) : A variety of Butea frondosa.

6(2): 273-274.

Chakravarty, H. L. (1952): New finds of Indian

Cucurbitaceae. 56(4) : 894-901.

Champion, H. G. (1932) : Flower-birds and bird-

flowers. 56(1) : 267-268.

Chandrasekhar, M. S. (1952): An unusual in-

florescence of Moringa oleifera Lamk. 5/(1): 296-

297.

Chandrasekharan, S. N. & Sakharam Rao, J.

(1950): A four-winged samara in the Indian elm

Holoptelea integrifolia Planch. 49(3) :572.

(1950): A note on the Polystachous

inflorescence in Enteropogon monostachyos K.

Schum. 49(3) :577-578.

Chatterjee, D. & Kanjilal, P. C. (1958) : Inden-

tity of the plant Piyaman or Madarjamua. 55(3) :

518-522.

Chatterjee, D. (1959) : William Jack, the Bota-

nist (1795-1822). 56(3) : 449-456.

(1959) : Identity of Tibeto-Himal-

ayan Ranunculus . 56(3) : 669-672.

(1960) : Merremia tuber osa (L.)

Rendle: an ideal creeper for the plant house. 57(2) :

443-445.

(1960): Bamboo fruits. 57(2) : 451-

453.

(1960): The correct name of Cassia

glauca and its varieties. 57(3) : 695-698.

Chavan, A. R. & Sabnis, S. D. (1959) : New re-

cord of Mariscus paniceus Vahl and Cy penis leuco-

cephalus Retz. from Gujarat. 56(2) : 369-370.

Chavan, A. R. & Sabnis, S. D. (1959) : Record

of Cryptostegia madagascariensis Boj. from Baroda.

56(3) :675.

(1960) : New plant records from

Gujarat. 57(2) : 446-447.

Chavan, A. R. & Oza, G. M. (1960): Cucumis

setosus Cogn. — a new record for Bombay. 57(3) :

699.

(1961) : Momordica denudaia Clarke

(Cucurbitaceae) and Trema politoria Planch. (Ul-

mae) : new records for Bombay. 55(1) : 303-304.

Chavan, A. R. et al. (1962) : On the identity of

Dalechampia indica Wt. from Cutch and Kathiawar.

59(1) : 324-325.

Chavan, A. R. & Bedi, S. J. (1962): Canscora

decussata Roem. & Sch., a new record for Bombay

State. 59(2): 687.

Chavan, A. R. & Oza, G. M. (1963) : New host

plants for Dendrophthoe falcata (Linn, f.) Etting

at Pavagadh. 60(2) : 472-473.

Chavan, A. R. & Bedi, S. J. (1964) : New plant

records from erstwhile Bombay State. 6/(3): 7 16-

718.

Chavan, A. P.. et al. (1965) : Melhania hamil-

toniana Wall, a new record for Bombay State. 62

(1) : 179-180.

Chavan, A. R. & Bedi, S. J. (1966): New plant

records from erstwhile Bombay State. 65(3) :779-

781.

Chavan, A. R. et al. (1966) : A few additions to

the flora of Pavagadh. 65(3) :786.

Cherian Jacob, K. (1940): A bicellular coconut

(Cocos nucifera L.). 47(4) : 905-906.

(1940): A new variety of Coco-

nut palm (Cocos nucifera L. var. spicata K. C. Ja-

cob). 47(4) : 906-907.

(1940): Stem fasciation in the

Areca Palm (Areca catechu L.). 47(4) : 907.

(1941): A new species of Coleus.

42(2) : 320-322.

(1944) : A new species of Cordia.

45(1): 78-79.

(1947) : Some new species of South

Indian plants. 47(1) : 48-51.

Chibber, H. M. (1913) : On the leaf fall of the

103

JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. 73

Indian Willow, ( Salix tetrasperma Roxb.). 22(1):

206-207.

(1913): On variations in the size

of the leaves of Calotropis gigantia R. Br. 22(1) :

208.

(1914) : The ramified roots of Trapa

bispinosa Roxb. (Water chestnut). 23(2) : 380-381.

Chohan, J. G. & Shah, G. L. (1965): On the

occurrence of Plantago psyllium Linn, in Gujarat.

62(2) : 327-329.

Chohan, J. G. et al. (1967) : Elatine ambigua

Wt. : a new record for erstwhile Bombay State. 64

(1) : 135-136.

Chohan, J. G. & Shah, G. L. (1969) : Some more

plants from Pavagadh Hill, near Baroda. 66(2) :405-

409.

Chopra, I. C. & Kapoor, L. D. (1952) : The poi-

sonous and medicinal plants of India. 50(3) :610-

617.

Chopra, R. N. et al. (1941): Insecticidal and

piscicidal plants of India. 42 ( 4): 854-902.

Chopra, S. & Kapoor, S. L. (1964): On the oc-

currence of Tristania burmannica Griff, in India.

67(3) : 720-722.

Comber, T. (1904) : The origin of the English

names of plants. 75(4) : 614-629.

Cooke, T. (1887): Note on the flora of Mahab-

leshwar and Matheran. 2(2) : 133-140.

(1896) : Supplementary note on the

flora of Matheran and Mahableshwar. 10(3) :440-

448.

Couchman, G. H. H. (1892): Notes on the flora

and fauna of Kachin Hills. 7(4) : 447-451.

Croizat, L. (1940) : Notes on Indian Euphor-

biaceae Croton bonplandianum (C. parsiflorum)

and Euphorbia perbracteata. 41(3) : 573-576.

Culshaw, J. C. (1950) : Some West-Bengal plants.

49(2) : 188-196.

Dakshini, K. M. M. & Chauhan, R. K. S.

(1965): Micrococca mercurialis (Linn.) Benth. : an

addition to the flora of the upper Gangetic Plain.

62(1): 177.

Dakshini, K. M. M. (1969) : Heliotropium cur-

assavicum Linn. : an addition to the flora of Northern

India. 66(3) :660-661.

Dalgado, D. G. (1891) : Dalbergia spinosa. 6(2) :

264-265.

D’Almeida, J. F. R. (1936): On the occurrence

of adhesive tendrils in Bignonia venusta Ker-Gawl.

55(3) :601-603.

(1941-42) : A contribution to the

study of the biology and physiological anatomy of

Indian marsh and aquatic plants. 42(2) : 298-304;

45(1) : 92-96.

Dastur, R. H. (1927): A critical review of Sir

J. C. Bose’s “Nervous Mechanism of plants”. 57 (4) :

1009-1014.

Datta, R. M. & Mitra, J. N. (1947) : The syste-

matic position of the family Moringaceae based on

the study of Moringa pterygosperma. Gaertn. (~M.

oleifera Lamk.). 47(2) : 355-357.

Davis, T. A. (1946) : A five-bunched inflorescence

of a banana (Musa paradisiaca Linn. var.). 46(3):

562.

(1946) : A multi-headed Palmyra

(Borassus flabellier L.). 46(3) :563.

(1947) : Abnormal palms of South-

Travancore. 47(2) : 398-400.

Davis, T. A. (1948) : Abnormal palms of Travan-

core. A Bulbulliferous Coconut palm. (Cocos nuci-

fera L.). 47(3) : 527-529.

(1948): Abnormal bananas of Tra-

vancore. 47(4) : 700-704.

(1948) : Abnormal palms of Tra-

vancore. Polycarpy in a Coconut (Cocos nucifera

L.). 47(4) :704-706.

Davis, T. A. & Selvaraj, J. C. (1964): Floral

asymmetry in Malvaceae. 67(2) :402-409.

Davis, T. A. & Kundu, A. (1965) : Floral Struc-

ture and stamens in Ceiba pentandra (Linn.) Gaertn.

62(3): 394-411.

(1966): Aestivation of perianths

of Areca catechu Linn, fruits. 65(2) : 270-282.

(1968): The spirality of main stem

and its relationship to that of off-shoots in Euphor-

bia antiquorum Linn. 65(1) : 262-266.

Deb, D. B. (1957) : A new species of Gleadovia

Gamble et Prain from Manipur. 54(3) : 799-801.

(1958) : Endemism and outside in-

fluence on the flora of Manipur. 55(2) : 313-317.

(1966) : A new synonymy in Umbel-

liferae. 63(2) : 455.

(1966): Contributions to the genus

Rubia L. 65(3) : 781-783.

Debbarman, P. M. (1920) : A short note on the

atrophic abortion of the inflorescence of the Onion

(Allium cepa L.). 27(1) : 179-181.

(1922): A short note on the in-

stances of Syncarpy in Mangifera indica L. and some

other tropical plants. 28 ( 2) : 560-561.

Dempster, F. E. (1894) : The flowering of Gram-

matophyllum bromheadii. 5(3) :439.

CATALOGUE OF BOTANICAL ARTICLES

De Niceville, L. (1890): Branching tree ferns.

5(1) :86.

(1891) : Branching palms and tree-

ferns. 6(4) :4 86.

Deodhar, G. W. (1954) : A six-locular capsule

on the cotton plant. 52(1): 221.

Dey, A. C. et al. (1968) : Flora of the Bhillangna

Valley of the erstwhile Tehri Garhwal State. 65(2) :

384-407.

Dharmakumarsinhji, R. S. (1960) : Indian wild

boar (Sus scrofa cristatus Wagner) feeding on Bo-

erhavia diffusa Linn. 57(3) : 654-655.

Dickson, V. (1938): Plants of Kuwait, North

East Arabia. 40 ( 3) :528-538.

Dixit, S. C. (1932) : Some seagrasses from the

Presidency of Bombay. 56(1) : 284.

Dixon, H. N. (1929) : Moss collected in Wazi-

ristan by Mr. J. Fernandez in 1927. 55(2) :279-283.

(1937): Moss collected in Assam.

59(4) : 769-795.

Dixon, R. M. (1894): The strychnine tree. 9(1):

102-105.

(1895): On the size of Mango

tree. 9(4) :488.

Duthie, J. F. (1894) : A botanical tour in Kash-

mir 1892 (From Record of B.S.I.). 9(1) : 102-105.

(1899): Description of a new And-

rosace. 12(4) :675.

(1903) : Extract from the annual

report of the Director of the Botanical Department,

Northern India, for the year 1900-1901. 74(1) : 168-

169.

Dutta, A. K. (1961): A comment on the record

of Khava senegalensis A. Juss. from Pondicherry:

58(2) : 542-543.

Datta, B. S. M. (1950) : A note on the occur-

rence of the Alga Draparnaldiopsis near Kakinada,

Madras Presidency. 49(2): 323.

Dutta, B. S. M. (1952) : A case of heterophylly

in Asteracantha longifolia Nees. 59(3) :684.

Dutta, N. M. (1960) : The genus Veronica Linn,

of Eastern India. 57(3) : 590-596.

Dymock, W. (1887-1888) : Marathi names of

plants, with a glossary. 2(3) : 175-198; 2(4) : 228-242;

5(1): 30-43.

(1888): The means of self protec-

tion possessed by plants. 5(3) : 232-238.

(1890) : Notes on the economic

botany of the Cucurbitaceae of Western India. 5

(3) : 286-295.

(1891) : Alocasia macrorhiza. 6(2) :

270.

(1891) : Substances used as incense

in the East. 6(3) : 399-410.

(1891): On the value of the plant

Pangala (Pogostemon parviflorus) in cases of bites

by the Phursa snake (Echis carinata) . 6(4) : 450-457.

Editors (1915): The Beda weed (Nile Lily)

Eichhornia speciosa Solms. 25(3) : 588-590.

(1957): Caterpillar-parasiting fun-

gus. 54(4): 97 3-974.

(1959) : Cedrela toona Roxb. in

Rajasthan. A correction. 56(3) :672.

Ellis, J. L. & Saroja, T. L. (1961): A new spe-

cies of Jatropka from South India. 58(3) : 834-836.

Ellis, J. L. (1967) : Fruit of Jatropha tanjorensis

Ellis et Saroja. 64(2) : 394-395.

Ellis, J. L. & Swaminathan, M. S. (1969) : A

new variety of Crotalaria madurensis from South

India. 66(1) : 227-228.

(1969) : Notes on some interesting

plants from South India. 66(1) : 233-234.

Erady, N. A. & Rajappan, K. (1958) : A note

on Aeginetia acaulis (Roxb.) Walp. 55(1) : 125-128.

Erady, N. A. (1962): On self-conjugation in a

new species of Spirogyra Link. 59(2) : 700-703.

(1967) : A new species of Christi-

sonia Garden from South India. 64(1): 10-12.

Ewbank, R. B. (1932): The hot-weather ferns

of Mahableshwar. 56(1) : 188-195.

Fernandes, R. R. & Santapau, H. (1954): Cri-

tical notes on the identity and nomeclature of some

Bombay plants. 52(1) : 1 37-141.

Fernandes, R. R. et al. (1954): New plant re-

cords for Bombay. 52(2-3) : 661-663.

(1964) : A sedge new to Bombay.

67(2) : 474-475.

Fernandez, J. (1930): A list of mosses from

Darjeeling District. 54(2) : 600-601.

Field, F. (1908): A branching date palm. (Phoe-

nix sylvestris). 78(3) : 699-700.

Fischer, C. E. C. (1904) : Abnormal growth of

trees. 75(3) : 5 32.

(1904-1905) : Notes on the flora of

Northern Ganjam. 75(4) : 537-556; 76(3) : 473-483.

(1906): A remarkable tree. 77(2):

527.

(1908): Plants used in paper mak-

ing. 78(3) :703-704.

(1937) : Some observations on bo-

tanical nomenclature. 59(4) : 874-877.

(1938) : Where did the sandal wood

105

JOURNAL, BOMBAY NATURAL HIST. SOCIETY, Vol. 73

tree ( Santalum album Linn.) evolve? 40(3) : 458-

466.

Foreau, G. (1961) : The moss flora of the Palni

Hills. 55(1): 13-47.

(1964) : Some South Indian mosses.

67(1) : 223-226.

Gammie, G. A. (1894) : A botanical tour in Sik-

kim (from Record B.S.I.). 9(2) : 197-216.

(1903) : Extract from the report on

the Botanical Survey operations in the Bombay Pre-

sidency for the year 1900-1901. 74(1) : 169-171.

(1903): The trees and shrubs of

the Lonavla and Karla groves. 75(2) : 279-293.

(1905-1912): The orchids of

Bombay Presidency. 76(3) : 429-433; 76(4) :562-569;

77(1) : 31-37; 77(4) : 940-942; 75(1) :88-91; 75(3):

586-590; 75(4) :833-834; 79(1) : 139-141; 79(3) : 624-

626; 20(1) : 126-129; 20(3) : 597-602; 27(1) : 171-174;

27(4) : 1129-1 130.

Ganapati, S. V. (1940) : The ecology of a temple

tank containing a permanent bloom of Microcystis

aeruginosa (Kutz.) Henfer. 42(1) : 65-77.

Gandhi, H. P. (1957) : A contribution to our

knowledge of the Diatom genus Pinnularia. 54(4) :

845-852.

(1958) : Freshwater Diatoms from

Kolhapur and its immediate environs. 55(3) : 493-

511.

(1960) : The Diatom flora of the

Bombay and Salsette Islands. 57(1) : 78- 123.

Gangulee, H. C. (1963) : Mosses of Eastern India.

69(3) : 606-637.

Gaudet, J. J. (1960): The submerged leaves of

Nymphaea pubescens Willd. 57(1) : 234-236.

(1963): The aquatic plants of the

Khandala Talao. 69(1) : 290-295.

Ghildyal, B. N. (1957): A botanical trip to the

valley of flowers. 54(2) : 365-386.

Ghose, S. L. (1916): Occurrence of the fern

Peranema cyatheoides at a comparatively low alti-

tude. 24(3) :616.

(1917): The cone of Selaginella

pallidissima Spr. 25(2) : 284-289.

Ghousuddin, M. (1936): A priliminary survey

of the Algal flora of Hyderabad (Deccan). 59(1):

149-150.

Gleadow, F. (1894): The poisonous plants of

Bombay. 9(1): 105.

Gokhale, A. V. & Godbole, S. R. (1953): The

herbarium at the Poona Agricultural College. 57(4) :

963-964.

Gonsalves, E. A. & Joshi, D. B. (1946) : Fresh-

water algae near Bombay. 46(1) : 154-176.

Gonsalves, E. A. & Kamat, N. D. (1960): New

species of Cyanophyceae from Mysore State. 57(2) :

454-456.

Gonsalves, E. A. & Sonnad, G. R. (1961): The

genus Oedogonium in Mysore State. 55(3) : 7 15-723.

Goyal, S. K. (1962) : Algal flora of Jodhpur and

its environs. 59(2) : 447-452.

(1964) : Algal flora of Jodhpur and

its environs. 67(1) : 69-73; 67(2) : 385-395.

Graham, R. J. D. (1913): Notes on a collecting

tour at Ramtek, C. P. 22 ( 2) : 237-241.

— — (1915): Notes on ferns collected

at Pachmarhi, C.P. 25(3) :498-501.

Gravely, F. H. (1945) : Indian lawn grasses.

45(3) :444.

Griffith, F. (1891): Bombay ferneries. 6(3):

421-423.

Gupta, K. M. (1955): On the occurrence of

Marsilea aegyptiaca Willd. in Jodhpur, Rajasthan,

India. 52(4) : 954-956.

(1955) : A new species of Marsilea

from Ajmer, India. 55(2) : 289-292.

Gupta, K. M. & Bhardwaja, T. N. (1956-1958):

Indian Marsileas: their morphology and systematics.

55(3) :423-444; 54(3) : 550-567; 55(2) : 287-296.

Gupta, R. & Banerji, R. (1967) : Studies in tax-

onomy and ecology of Bur sera delpechiana Poiss. ex

Engl, in India. 64(l):49-54.

Gupta, R. K. (1956): Botanical explorations in

Bhillangna Valley of the erstwhile Tehri Garhwal

State. 55(4) : 58 1-594.

(1957) : Botanical explorations in

the Bhillangna Valley of the erstwhile Tehri-Garhwal

State II. 54(4) : 878-886.

, et al. (1959) : Some medicinal weeds

in and around Pondicherry. 56(2) : 235-249.

(1960) : Vegetation of Kodaikanal

in South India. 57(1) : 45-65.

(1960) : Some useful and medicinal

plants of Nainital in the Kumaon Himalayas. 57(2) :

309-324.

(1961) : Flora of District Muzaf-

farnagar in the Doab of the rivers Ganga and

Yumna. 58(3) :749-775.

(1962): Vegetation of Kodaikanal

in South India. 59(1) : 185-199.

(1962) : Botanical explorations in

the erstwhile Tehri Grhwal State. 59(2) : 486-5 12.

Haldane, J. B. S. (1960): The water-hyacinth —

106

CATALOGUE OF BOTANICAL ARTICLES

an appeal for information. 57(1) : 243.

Hamed, A. (1940) : Notes on the Orchids of Mur-

ree Hill. 41(4) : 778-783.

(1942): Notes on the liverworts

of Murree Hill. 43(2) : 190-199.

(1947): Notes on the ferns and

fern allies of Murree Hill. 47(1) : 75-84.

Hart, W. E. (1886) : Note on a supposed root-

parasite found at Mahableshwar in October, 1885.

7(2) : 75-77.

Henderson, C. (1929) : Some orchids not previ-

ously recorded from Ganjam District, Madras Pre-

sidency. 55(4): 1003.

Henry, A. N. (1965): A new species of Laurem-

bergia Berg. (Haloragaceae) from Madras State.

62(3) : 603-605.

Hewetson, C. E. (1951): Preparation of a flora

for Madhya Pradesh and the Central parts of the

Indian Union. 50(2) :431-433.

(1952): Systematics and ecology of

Indian plants or what can we demand of a modern

flora. 57(1) : 140-144.

Hope, C. W. (1899-1904) : The ferns of North

Western India. 72(2) : 315-325; 72(3) :527-538; 72(4) :

621-633; 75(1) :25-36; 75(2) : 236-251; 75(3) : 443-461;

75(4) : 657-671; 74(1) : 1 18-127; 74(2) :252-266; 74

(3) :458-480; 74(4) : 720-749; 75(1) : 78-111; 75(3):

415-429.

Howard, A. & Howard, L. C. (1911): The im-

provement in the yield and quality of Indian wheat.

27(1) : 187-200.

Hu, Hsen-Hsu. (1956) : China’s book-like rock

formation with 25 million year old plant fossils.

54(1) : 225-226.

Hubback, T. (1933): Note on the Ashoka tree.

56(4) : 1023.

Hudson, C. (1892): The giant betel-nut tree.

7(4) : 55 3-554.

Hughes, R. D. B. (1962) : A weeping tree. 59(1) :

318.

Hutton, A. F. (1949): Mass flowering of Stro-

bilanthes kunthianus on the high wavy mts. in

August, 1948. 48(3) : 6 14.

Indraji, J. (1894): The bhakha plant (lndigo-

fera cordifolia) and its effects on cattle. 8(3) :444-

447.

Inglis, C. M. (1949) : Bouginvilleas at hill-stations.

45(3) :612.

Ivens, J. H. A. (1912): Notes on the flora of

the vale of Kashmir. 27(2) :701-705.

Jackson, H. S. J. (1891): Landscape gardening

in native states. 6(4) :478-485.

Jackson, J. (1891): Bombay ferns. 6(3) : 423-424.

Jacob, K. C. (1935) : Stem fasciation in coconut

palm (Cocos nucifera Linn.). 57(4) : 966-967.

(1938): A fasciated inflorescence

in a Banana. 40(3) : 58 1 .

Jauhar, P. P. & Joshi, A. B. (1965): A new

species of Panicum coloratum Linn. Complex. 62

(2) : 320-323.

(1968) : Some infraspecific taxa of

the Panicum coloratum L. Complex. 65(2) : 518-522.

Jivanna Rao, P. S. (1920): An anomaly in floral

biology. 26(4) : 1049-1050.

Joseph, J. & Ramamurthy, K. (1961): Occur-

rence of Utricularia hirta Klein in South India. 58

(3) : 832-833.

Joseph, J. & Chowdhury, S. (1966): Oberonia

sulcata Jos. et Chowd.: a new orchid from Kameng

Frontier District, NEFA, Assam. 65(1) : 54-56.

Joseph, K. V. (1958): Preliminary studies on the

seasonal variation in starch content of bamboos in

Kerala State and its relation to Beetle-borer infest-

ation. 55(2) : 221-227.

Joshi, A. C. (1933): Inflorescence of Asteracantha

Nees. 56( 3) : 765-767.

Joshi, M. C. (1957) : On the occurrence of Frit-

schiella tuberosa Iyeng. in Pilani (Rajasthan). 54

(4) : 970-973.